Home

Pontiac G5 Automobile User Manual

1. 364 Headlamp Wiring cceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeees 361 Capacities and Specifications 368 Windshield Wiper Fuses 361 267 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E Parts GM Goodwrench E Accessories 268 Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like anti lock brakes traction control and stability control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer retailer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer retailer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemical
2. 330 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 354 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ccceeee 330 Finish Care uesa eee ea tte e eee eneetecseneeeeneeeeeeas 354 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 332 Windshield and Wiper Blades 0 355 Wheel Replacement ccccsssssessesees 332 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Tire CHANS Aare snae 334 AND THIM nssssssssssssssssssssrnrsnenrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ns 356 If A Tire Goes Flat n 335 TURES ovhes salatevinnenesurey cous n 357 Changing a Flat Tire eeeeeeeeteeeees 336 Sheet Metal Damage sscctsereeee 357 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 337 Finish Damage E E E ET 357 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Underbody Maintenance ceeee 358 Spare NS saepe tie ea ea ae EE 342 Chemical Paint Spotting sos deaactenecee 358 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 347 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 359 Compact Spare Tire eeen 350 266 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Vehicle Identification 0 ee 360 Power Windows and Other Power Vehicle Identification Number VIN 360 OPTIONS aoaiina e lea ianen 361 Service Parts Identification Label 360 Fuses and Circuit Breakers a se 362 Electrical System 0 cccccceeeeeeeeeeee 361 Floor Console Fuse Block s es 362 Add On Electrical Equipment 00 361 Engine Compartment Fuse Block
3. 355 Climate Control System ccceeeeeeeeeee 154 Air Filter Passenger Compartment 157 Outlet Adjustment 0ccccccceseeeeeeaeeeees 157 ClOCK akin nies deeds 188 189 Clutch Hydraulic cece ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 Collision Damage Repair a se 406 Comfort Guides Rear Safety Belt 0 37 Compact Spare Tire oo eeeeeeeeeeeees 350 Content Theft Deterrent ccceeeeeeeeee 104 Control of a Vehicle ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 222 Convenience Net ccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaee 133 Coolant Engine Temperature Warning Light 169 Heater Engine 0cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 113 Surge Tank Pressure Cap nesese 289 Cooling Systemi sarsicce aana 292 Gruise Control ieccsstedicicdindeied aneo 145 CuphOlder S seirinin 133 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation 0 eeeeee 402 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 0 0 eeeeeeeeeees 398 Customer Assistance Offices 0 0 398 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 394 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 399 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors ccccsceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 411 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government a se 410 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 005 410 Roadside Assistance Program 00 400 Service Publications Orderi
4. cceeeeeeeeeee eens 308 Bulb Replacement 0ceeeeeeeeee eens 311 Halogen BUDS vive eviscsnsesseeediieteasineresseneeiess 311 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps 312 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 313 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps COUpe ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 314 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Sedan eeeeees 315 Back Up Lamps Coupe esce 316 License Plate Lamp aaneen 316 Replacement Bulbs saccra 317 265 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 317 Appearance Care c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 351 TS acta le Sitios ecaeenestioes acetate 318 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 351 Tire Sidewall Labeling c c ccccccceeeeee 319 Fabric Carpet Pep PS ESET EE EESEEESESEEESES 352 Tire Terminology and Definitions 322 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Inflation Tire PreSSULC o ccccccccccecccccccecceceeee 325 Plastice SUMACES sci danstistmantacaantrarcummnitds 353 Tire Inspection and Rotation cccccee 326 Care of Safety Belts cesses 353 When It Is Time for New Tires o 328 Weatherstrips seated see eee cece eeeeeeeeseeeeecsenaenees 354 Buying New Tires ccecceeeeesteeeeeeseeeeees 328 Washing Your Vehicle 1eeeeee 354 Different Size Tires and Wheels
5. In hilly or mountainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Uses such as found in taxi police or delivery service If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions the fluid and filter do not require changing i Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 286 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap j A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed 380 k If you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change I f you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often m Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Reco
6. Turn the bulb socket for the headlamp front turn signal or parking lamp counterclockwise For the sidemarker bulb you will need to use a tool to assist in turning the bulb socket Pull the old bulb out of the socket Install a new bulb 11 Reinstall the bulb assembly by reversing Steps 1 through 8 When reinstalling the headlamp assembly first make sure that the wiring harness is in its original position If not the headlamp assembly will not fit correctly You will also need to line up the two tabs on the bottom of the assembly that fit into two slots in the headlamp assembly bracket Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL To replace a CHMSL bulb do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 99 for more information 2 Locate the CHMSL bulb assembly in the trunk lid 3 Press the plastic tabs to release the bulb assembly 313 Pull the bulb assembly down to access the bulbs Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Install a new bulb Align the tabs in the bulb assembly with the assembly in the trunk lid Push the bulb assembly back into place until it snaps in You may need to use a tool to guide the tabs into the assembly Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps Coupe To replace a taillamp or rear turn signal bulb do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 99 for more information 2 Remove the screw retaining the taillamp assembly 3 Disconnect the
7. 144 As an added safety feature if the wipers are on for more than 15 seconds the vehicle s headlamps turn on automatically They turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off Windshield Washer To wash the windshield press the button at the end of the lever until the washers begin A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision When you release the button the washers stop but the wipers continue to wipe about three times or resume the previous speed Cruise Control With cruise control you can maintain a speed of about 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This can really help on long trips Cruise control does not work at speeds below 25 mph 40 km h A CAUTION Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads On such roads fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cru
8. Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and Have your vehicle fixed immediately You might have exhaust coming in if e The exhaust system sounds strange or different e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath e Your vehicle was damaged in a collision CAUTION Continued 125 Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 125 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter Driving on page 243 126 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set the parking brake and move t
9. FRENCH The DIC will display all information in French SPANISH The DIC will display all information in Spanish GERMAN The DIC will display all information in German Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and exit out of the personalization menu mode Exiting Personalization Menu The personalization menu will be exited when any of the following conditions occur e A ten second time period has elapsed e The ignition is turned off The end of the personalization menu list is reached Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 218 By taking a few moments to read this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and yo
10. 000 380 NtFOGUGTION cssaiicrsesstaueenshdubeaesstansAuassnderaasede 372 At Each Fuel Fill ssir 381 Maintenance Requirements 0e 372 At Least Once a Month 0 0 ceeeeeeeeee 381 Your Vehicle and the Environment 373 At Least Once a Year ccceeeeeeeee eee 382 Using the Maintenance Schedule 373 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 385 Scheduled Maintenance n s 375 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 387 Additional Required Services 005 378 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 388 Maintenance Footnotes eeen 379 Maintenance Record enseres 389 371 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details 372 Maintenance Requirements Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance might not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recomm
11. Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature AUTO UNLK Unlock This feature which allows the vehicle to automatically unlock certain doors can be enabled or disabled When AUTO UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ALL default All of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER The driver s door will automatically unlock NONE None of the doors will automatically unlock You will need to manually unlock the doors If you have a manual transaxle vehicle the door s will automatically unlock when the ignition is turned off If you have an automatic transaxle vehicle you can select when the automatic unlocking will occur See UNLK Unlock Automatic Transaxle Only following See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 98 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature UNLK Unlock Automatic Transaxle Only This screen displays only if your vehicle has an automatic transaxle and DRIVER or ALL is selected for the AUTO UNLK feature This feature determines when the automatic door unlocking will occur When UNLK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings KEY OFF The do
12. Do your own maintenance work only if e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline you have the required know how and the Octane on page 270 proper tools and equipment for the job If The services in Scheduled Maintenance on you have any doubt see your GM page 375 should be performed when indicated Goodwrench dealer to have a qualified See Additional Required Services on page 378 and technician do the work Maintenance Footnotes on page 379 for further information Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your GM Goodwrench dealer do these jobs 374 When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 411 Owner Checks and Services on page 380 tells you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 387 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend t
13. When you have a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks FS a The following information will tell you how to use the jack and change a tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is located in the trunk Base Models 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 99 for more information 2 Lift the trunk liner to access the spare tire and tools 337 E Jack and Wheel Wrench C Spare Tire F Bolt B Retainer D Wing Nut A Cover 338 3 Remove the retainer B that holds down the spare tire See Compact Spare Tire on page 350 for more information 4 Remove the spare tire C by gently pulling it up and out of the trunk 5 Remove the wing nut D that holds the jack and remove the jack and wheel wrench E Uplevel Models 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 99 for more information 2 Lift the trunk liner to access the spare tire and tools 339 340 A Retainer C Spare Tire B Jack and Wheel D Foam Support Wrench E Bolt 3 Remove the retainer A that holds down the jack wheel wrench B and spare tire C 4 Remove the spare tire by gently pulling it up and out of the trunk The tools you will be using include the jack A and wheel wrench B You will need to turn the plastic wheel nut counterclockwise to loosen the wheel wrench from the jack Press the button a
14. remember It helps to avoid only the acceleration skid See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 If you do not have the Enhanced Traction System or if the system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acceleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt If you have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS remember It helps avoid only the braking skid If you do not have ABS then in a braking skid where the wheels
15. 307 Headlamp Aiming The optical headlamp aiming system has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However If the vehicle is damaged in an accident the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer retailer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described in the following procedure 308 The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows e The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall e The vehicle must have all four tires on a perfectly level surface which is level all the way to the wall e The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall e The vehicle should not have any snow ice or mud on it e The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done e The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg on the driver s seat e Tires should be properly inflated Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s To adjust the vertical aim on the headlamps do low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps the following will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly
16. TACNOMEtET srania rena AT Ra 161 Taillamps Turn Signal Lamps rseiasiindusiisehesie 314 Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back Up LAMPS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 315 Theft Deterrent Radio ccccceecseeeeee eens 214 424 Theft Deterrent Systems cceeeeeeereeee 103 Content Theft Deterrent 0 eeee 104 PASS Key Me eilewsteusantcunrentatinropinesrcursanes 105 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceee 106 TI WOGM iienaa anne anaana 141 Time Setting aeien 188 189 TOS E A EE E A E teat teandene 318 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels GleaniNg irera inneren aneno 356 Buying New Tires ccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 328 Chais sissies a ceenestenecnert es 334 Changing a Flat Tire 0 336 Cleaning 2 2asiieeietieieied eee ee 357 Compact Spare Tire ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 350 Different SIZE suiriri 330 If a Tire Goes Flat 0 335 Inflation Tire Pressure csee 325 Inspection and Rotation 0 0 eeee 326 Installing the Spare Tire ecce 342 Removing the Flat Tire ccecce 342 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 337 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 347 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeceeeeee 319 Tire Terminology and Definitions 322 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 00 330 Tires cont Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 332 Wheel Replacement seeeeeeeeeeeeees 332 When It
17. alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink 221 Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 268 222 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 167 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of
18. A remove it You can be burned if you spill coolant on DEXPANSION 105 kPa hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the ty eros OS Ay S ouvere engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about two or two and one half turns If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop This will let any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose 295 4 With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fan By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower than the COLD FILL line add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the COLD FILL line 5 Then replace the pressure cap Be sure the pressure cap is hand tight and fully seated See your dealer if necessary 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the COLD FILL line Wait about five minutes then check to see if the level is below the COLD FILL line If the level is below the line add additional coolant to bring the level up to the line Re
19. A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid Make sure all other windows are shut Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 125 99 Remote Trunk Release To open the trunk from inside the vehicle press the remote trunk release button located inside the drivers storage compartment located on the lower left side of the instrument panel See nstrument Panel Overview on page 138 or Driver s Storage Compartment on page 133 The remote trunk release works when the ignition is either off or in ACC or the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h 100 Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the insi
20. How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list 114 everything here we ask that you contact a GM dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area Automatic Transaxle Operation If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle the shift lever is located on the console between the seats There are several different positions for the automatic transaxle O00000 PARK P This position locks your front wheels It is the best position to use when you start your engine because your vehicle cannot move easily A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 121 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 256 or Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 257 Make sure the shift lever is fully in PA
21. Once all songs by that artist are played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist displays To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the back label to return to the main music navigator screen The aloum name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album and begins to play Once all songs from that album are played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a po
22. Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 65 8 If your vehicle has a passenger sensing system and the airbag is off the off indicator on the instrument panel will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to RUN or START If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 66 Airbag System Your vehicle has a frontal airbag for the driver and a frontal airbag for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have roof mounted side impact airbags Roof mounted side impact airbags are availa
23. S K lt 2si60R 16 9 gt s DOT MALIAR 988 O we rp o amp ar wW 2 oc AT x A a KPA R9 A amp P Passenger P Metric Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines If your vehicle has 205 55R16 size tires they meet the GM TPC Spec rating but the TPC Spec code has not been molded onto the tire s sidewall C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 319 D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in t
24. TTY USGS scntesvctecness eiventaetoledesecnenstebed 398 Canadian Government cceeeees 410 Customer Assistance Offices 0 c00 398 Reporting Safety Defects to GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 399 General Motors cceccceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 411 Roadside Assistance Program 00 400 Service Publications Ordering Courtesy Transportation eeeeees 402 INONMA NOT aiora sas inie rar 411 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders cssicrscseenrirrnnie siini 405 Collision Damage Repair ccee 406 393 Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Pontiac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager 394 STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved
25. The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 52 In addition your vehicle may have the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 76 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 164 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued restraint no system is fail safe and no one ca
26. The vertical headlamp aiming screws are located under the hood near the headlamps 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 277 for more information 2 Locate the aim dot on the lens of the low beam headlamp 3 Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low beam headlamp Record the distance The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm socket wrench 309 4 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line B on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4 310 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being adjusted Do not place it directly on the headlamp This allows only the beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the flat surface 7 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws which are under the hood near each headlamp assembly The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm socket wrench 8 Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam 10 Make sure that the light from the headlamp
27. There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system 80 To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 411 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Custome
28. and you might notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you might notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you could damage the engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbony MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 272 for additional information California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 lf this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the
29. can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving Automatic Transaxle Fluid It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take your vehicle to the dealership service department and have it repaired as soon as possible Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 378 and be sure to use the transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transaxle fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 Manual Transaxle Fluid It is not necessary to check the transaxle fluid level A transaxle fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss If a leak occurs take the vehicle to the dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 for the proper fluid to use 285 Hydraulic Clutch The hydraulic clutch linkage in your vehicle is self adjusting This system does not have its own reservoir It receives fluid from the brake master cylinder reservoir See Brakes on page 298 for more information Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant Th
30. e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan in the U S or a Bell Mobility service plan in Canada depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owners Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owners Guide for more information Only available in the continental U S OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 214 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR in order to activate the OnStar Hands Free Callin
31. even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone A 24 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 41 or Infants and Young Children on page 44 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position Driver Position Lap Shoulder Belt The driver has a lap shoulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 1 Close and lock the door 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight To see how see Seats in the Index 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch
32. only SAE Class S type chains that are the proper size for your tires Install them on the front tires and tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer s instructions If you can hear the chains contacting your vehicle stop and retighten them If the contact continues slow down until it stops Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage your vehicle lf a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same correction you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under i
33. recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance f Lubricate all key lock cylinders door hinges and latches hood hinges and latches and trunk lid hinges and latches More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g Check system for interference or binding and for damaged or missing parts Replace parts as needed Replace any components that have high effort or excessive wear Do not lubricate accelerator or cruise control cables 379 h Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher
34. the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to 253 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Assistance Program on page 400 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly 254 With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equ
35. vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking the exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there Open a window just a little on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out Run the engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with the headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes 247 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast T
36. 99 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 150 Driver Information Control Button See Driver Information Center DIC on page 176 Horn See Horn on page 140 Cigarette Lighter If Equipped Accessory Power Outlet If Equipped See Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter on page 153 and Accessory Power Outlet s on page 152 Shift Lever Manual Shown See Manual Transaxle Operation on page 117 and Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 114 Climate Controls See Climate Control System on page 154 Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator and Heated Seats Button If Equipped See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 164 and Heated Seats on page 11 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 133 139 Hazard Warning Flashers The hazard warning flashers let you warn the police and others that you have a problem The front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center of the instrument panel Press the button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off 140 While the hazard warning flashers are on the turn signals do not work The hazard warning flashers work no matter what position the key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of
37. Assistance Canada only In the event of a warranty related vehicle disablement while en route and over 250 kilometres from original point of departure you may qualify for trip interruption expense assistance This assistance covers reasonable reimbursement of up to a maximum of 500 Canadian for A meals maximum of 50 day B lodging maximum of 100 night and C alternate ground transportation maximum of 40 day This benefit is to assist you with some of the unplanned expense you may incur while waiting for your vehicle to be repaired Pre authorization original detailed receipts and a copy of the repair order are required Once authorization has been given your advisor will help you make any necessary arrangements and explain how to claim for trip interruption expense assistance Alternative Service Canada only There may be times when Roadside Assistance cannot provide timely assistance your advisor may authorize you to secure local emergency road service and you will be reimbursed up to 100 upon submission of the original receipt to Roadside Assistance In many instances mechanical failures are covered under Pontiac s Bumper to Bumper warranty and the duration of the Base Warranty Coverage for Canadian customers of the new Vehicle Limited Warranty However any cost for parts and labor for non warranty repairs are the responsibility of the driver 401 For prompt and efficient assistance when
38. Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the driver s name the service s name and the phone number Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident e Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action If you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 400 for more information Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN insurance company and policy number and a general description of the da
39. Labeling Tire Sidewall cceceeeeeeeeeeeees 319 Lamps DONC E E E E AEE Aawenet cc 150 Mirror Reading ccccsseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 151 LATCH System Child Restraints ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 53 License Plate Lamps cecce 316 Light Airbag Readiness escenes 163 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 168 Brake System Warning c ccceeeeeeeeeees 167 Charging System ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 166 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 169 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warming LIQ ht sesos tansani aia 168 Fog Lamp enee a 174 Highbeam OM oo eeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 175 Malfunction Indicator ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 170 Oil PreSSure ceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeneeeeeeees 173 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 164 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder 162 Safety Belt Reminder n s 162 DOCUILY sccecavs daveactebccceateoigerdeiacctesdedveisiedens 174 UP SHI evice ca ssveesseasevennndsnentevnnaieenes 166 419 Lighting EMU E E E A TT 151 Loading Your Vehicle sessessnsssssar ssar 249 Lockout Protection ccccccceceeecseeeeeeeeeeeeees 99 Locks Automatic Door LOCK ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeenes 98 Delayed LOCKING ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 97 DOOM scsidoscccuisendtrddcgeduswidecine EEEN 96 Lockout Protection ccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 99 Power DOOP sisi lice sedederrsiiiveatsacedsa
40. Part No 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Manual Transmission Fluid GM Part No U S 88861800 in Canada 88861801 DEXRON VI Automatic Transmission Fluid Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube GM Part No U S 12346241 in Canada 10953474 Chassis Lubricant GM Part No U S 12377985 in Canada 88901242 or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB 385 Usage Fluid Lubricant Usage Fluid Lubricant Chassis Lubricant Hood and Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Chassis GM Part No U S 12377985 in Door Hinges GM Part No U S 12346241 Lubrication Canada 88901242 or lubricant in Canada 10953474 meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Category LB or GC LB Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 in Canada 10953518 Hood Latch Penra or Dielectric Silicone Grease Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol 9 GM Part No U S 12345579 Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 in in Canada 992887 Latch Canada 992723 or lubricant Pivots Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 Anchor and Category LB or GC LB Release Pawl 386 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ACDelco Part Engine Air Cleaner Filter 21999324 A2956C Engine Oil Filter 12605566 PF457G Spa
41. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 e The engine coolant temperature is too high e The oil pressure is low e Two remote vehicle starts have already been provided for that ignition cycle Vehicles that have the remote vehicle start feature are shipped from the factory with the remote start system enabled The system may be enabled or disabled through the DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 for additional information Remote Start Ready Automatic Transaxle Only If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature If the RKE transmitter has a plus symbol on the back cover your vehicle has the remote start ready feature You can lock or unlock your vehicle from about 197 feet 60 m away See your dealer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle 95 Doors and Locks CAUTION Continued Door Locks heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors an
42. The HR MIN MM DD YYYY displays Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or FWD forward button e To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or REV reverse button or turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the MENU button and then the clock button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month day year to day month year follow these instructions 1 Press the clock button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option 3 Press the clock or MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Radio with CD Base 103 72 FM1 es D EOE s con BAND eek seek Playing the Radio cb Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise o
43. Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle 256 Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle 257 217 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive driving really means Be ready Defensive Driving for anything On city streets rural roads The best advice anyone can give about driving or expressways it means Always expect is Drive defensively the unexpected Assume that pedestrians Please start with a very important safety device in or other drivers are going to be careless your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They and make mistakes Anticipate what they Are for Everyone on page 19 might do and be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 218 Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordi
44. Turn the ignition to RUN with the engine off 2 Press the information and reset buttons on the DIC at the same time to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes until the DIC display shows OIL LIFE RESET 4 Press and hold the reset button until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED This will tell you the system has been reset 5 Turn the key to LOCK If the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the reset procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil ask your dealer a service stati
45. When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 279 Engine Oil Dipstick Out of View See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 279 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 298 and Hydraulic Clutch on page 286 Engine Compartment Fuse Block See Engine Compartment Fuse Block on page 364 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 302 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 302 Engine Coolant Surge Tank See Cooling System on page 292 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 297 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level 279 When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the MIN minimum mark you need to add at least one quart li
46. You can open the trunk with the transmitter when the vehicle speed is less than 2 mph 3 km h when the ignition is off or when the vehicle shift lever is in PARK P if your vehicle has an automatic transaxle 2 Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm This button may be used to locate your vehicle Press and release this button to initiate vehicle locate The horn will sound three times and the headlamps and turn signals will flash three times Press and hold the button for about three seconds to initiate the panic alarm The horn will sound and the headlamps and turn signals will flash for 30 seconds Press the button again to cancel the panic alarm 91 Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your dealer Remember to bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle Each vehicle can have a maximum of four transmitters matched to it Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your RKE transmitter should last about four years The battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the b
47. Your vehicle may have the Anti Lock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid If your vehicle has ABS this warning light on the instrument panel will come on briefly when you start your vehicle When you start your engine or when you begin to drive away your ABS will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves or pulses a little This is normal 223 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel 224 ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Alway
48. a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc Your vehicle s radio system may have the MP3 feature If it has this feature it is capable of playing an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 206 later in this section CD Messages CHECK DISC If an error message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio di
49. a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tra
50. a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place 347 348 Base Model m mMmOOW gt Cover Retainer Jack and Wheel Wrench Stow Bolt Extension Rod Spare Tire Bolt Uplevel Model owp g Cover E Spare Tire Retainer F Foam Support Jack and Wheel G Bolt Wrench Stow Bolt Extension Rod To store a flat or spare tire and tools do the following 1 2 Remove the stow bolt extension rod and sleeve from the jack Screw the stow bolt extension rod and the sleeve into the existing spare tire hold down bolt If your vehicle has aluminum wheels first remove the center cap with your hand or the wheel wrench Place the flat tire face down into the spare tire tub Avoid scraping the aluminum wheel if the vehicle has one on the hold down bolt Re attach the wheel wrench to the jack Place the jack into the center of the flat tire being careful not to scratch the inside of the wheel 349 7 Place the smaller jack hold down nut base models only in a safe place for use when you put the compact spare tire back into the trunk 8 Remove the plastic sleeve from the stow bolt extension rod Secure the jack and road wheel using the larger plastic retainer The compact spare tire is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare with a full size tire as soon as possible Compact Spare Tire Althoug
51. a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar 129 Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan 130 Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped Link to Emergency Services Roadside Assistance Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance AccidentAssist Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes OnStar Virtual Advisor U S Only Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped
52. allow you to program certain features to a preferred setting All of the features listed may not be available on your vehicle Only the features available will be displayed on the DIC The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the factory but may have been changed from their default state since that time 181 To change feature settings use the following procedure Entering Personalization Menu 1 Turn the ignition on while the vehicle is stopped To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release to enter the personalization menu If the vehicle speed is greater than 2 mph 3 km h only the UNITS menu will be accessible 3 Press the information button to scroll through the available personalization menu modes Press the reset button to scroll through the available settings for each mode If you do not make a selection within ten seconds the display will go back to the previous information displayed 182 Personalization Menu Modes OIL LIFE RESET When this feature is displayed you can reset the engine oil life system To reset the system see Engine Oil Life System on page 282 See OIL LIFE under DIC Operation and Displays on page 176 for more information UNITS This feature allows you to select the units of measurement in which t
53. and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like fuel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To open the hood do the following 1 Pull the interior hood release lever with this symbol on it It is located under the instrument panel on the driver s side of the vehicle Then go to the front of the vehicle and push the secondary hood release lever to the left It is located under the front center of the hood toward the driver s side of the vehicle After you have partially lifted the hood a gas strut will automatically take over to lift and hold the hood in the fully open position Before closing the hood be sure all the filler caps are on properly Lower the hood until the lifting force of the strut is reduced then release the hood to latch fully Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary 277 Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood on the 2 2L L4 engine 2 4L L4 engine similar here is what you will see 278 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 284 Engine Oil Fill Cap See
54. any of the DIC buttons If the condition is still present the warning message will come back on the next time the vehicle is turned off and back on With most messages a warning chime sounds when the message displays Your vehicle may have other warning messages AUTO Automatic LIGHTS OFF This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is disabled with the headlamp switch AUTO Automatic LIGHTS ON This message displays if the automatic headlamp system is enabled with the headlamp switch BRAKE FLUID This message displays to inform the driver that the brake fluid level is low while the ignition is on The brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on See Brake System Warning Light on page 167 for more information Have the brake system serviced by your dealer as soon as possible CHANGE OIL SOON This message displays when the life of the engine oil has expired and it should be changed When you acknowledge the CHANGE OIL SOON message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately See Engine Oil Life System on page 282 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 for more information CHECK GAS CAP This message displays if the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to make sure that it is on properly A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the message off 179 COOLING MODE ON This m
55. are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel might be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving 273 Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Do not use cellular phones Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the To remove
56. both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light 237 Freeway Driving Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules 238 The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot Once you are moving on the freeway make certain you allow a reasonable followi
57. bulb socket clockwise and then release it from the lamp housing 4 Pull the old bulb out of the socket 1 Remove the two screws holding each of the license plate lamps 2 Turn and pull the license plate lamp toward you through the opening 3 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and 5 Install a new bulb pull the bulb straight out of the socket 6 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the 4 Install the new bulb back up lamp assembly 5 Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to reinstall the license plate lamp 316 Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamps Bulb Number Back Up Lamps Center High Mounted 912 Stoplamp CHMSL Front Parking Turn Signal Lamps 3157KX Halogen Headlamps High Low Beam 9007 LL License Plate Lamp and 194 Sidemarker Stoplamp Taillamp and Turn 3057KX Signal Lamps For replacement bulbs not listed here contact your dealer retailer Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways For proper type and length see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 387 Here is how to remove the wiper blades 1 Pull the windshield wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release lever and slide the wiper assembly toward the driver s side of the vehicle 3 Install a
58. by turning the ignition switch to the ACC or LOCK position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below O F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let go of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transaxle gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle ma
59. call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you ll notify us Please call us at 1 800 762 2737 or write Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 In Canada please call us at 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French Or write General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provid
60. calling please provide the following to the Roadside Assistance Representative e Your name home address and home telephone number e Telephone number of your location e Location of the vehicle e Model year color and license plate number of the vehicle e Odometer reading Vehicle Identification Number VIN and delivery date of the vehicle Description of the problem While we hope you never have the occasion to use our service it is added security while traveling for you and your family Remember we are only a phone call away Pontiac Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 text telephone TTY users call 1 888 889 2438 Canadian customers call 1 800 268 6800 Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or reimbursement to an owner or driver when in their sole discretion the claims become excessive in frequency or type of occurrence 402 Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Pontiac and General Motors of Canada Limited reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification Towing and Road Service Exclusions Specifically excluded from Roadside Assistance coverage are towing or services for vehicles operated on a non public roadway or highway fines impound towing caused by a violation of local Municipal State Provinci
61. crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts 34 Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seat positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back all the way and start again If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 40 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part 35 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body YK 7 a 3 ON K A t Li D 5 lt a p CNX Ny AS DEED yy a The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Ina crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones A
62. directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display 207 No Folder When the CD R contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and previous folder functions are not displayed on a CD R that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD R contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R are played in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist 208 e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the l
63. for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp on the first press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter The horn will still chirp on the second press ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature UNLOCK HORN If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter can be enabled or disabled When UNLOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF default The horn will not chirp when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed 183 ON The horn will chirp on the first press of the unlock button on the RKE transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature LIGHT FLASH If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior hazard turn signal lighting to flash every time the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on
64. hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you are turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance 261 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you are about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working 262 Driving on Grades Notice Do not tow on steep continuous grades exceeding 6 miles 9 6 km Extended higher than normal engine and transaxle temperatures may result and damage your vehicle Freque
65. has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel Make sure it is not covered or the headlamps will come on when you do not need them The DRL system will make the headlamps come on at reduced intensity when the following conditions are met e The ignition is on e The exterior lamp control is turned to AUTO e The light sensor detects daytime light e The shift lever is not in PARK P While the DRL system is on the taillamps sidemarker lamps and instrument panel lights will not be illuminated The DRL system will be off any time your vehicle is in PARK P The DRL system on U S vehicles can also be turned off by using the off on switch for one ignition cycle As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it 149 Fog Lamps 0 The ignition must be on to turn your fog lamps on Push the button to turn the fog lamps on An indicator light on the cluster will come on when the fog lamps are on Push the button again to turn the fog lamps off The parking lamps will automatically turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off If equipped the fog lamp button is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The fog lamps will turn off while the high beam headlamps are turned on Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps 150 Instrument Panel Brightness The control for this feature is l
66. hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R can be played in random rather than sequential order on one CD R or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files in random order from the CD R that is currently playing press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R in order by artist or aloum Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R The radio can begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R begins playing again Once the disc has been scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows
67. is locked To return the seatback to an upright position do the following o A N 1 Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback and the seatback will return to the upright position 2 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked 13 CAUTION Continued The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you Ina crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either Ina crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts Do not have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is cannot do their job when you are reclined moving like this CAUTION Continued Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash Pull the head restraint up to raise it To lower the head restraint press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the restraint down 15 E
68. key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes When trying to start the vehicle if the engine does not start and the security light comes on the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again If the engine still does not start and the key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 362 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer who can service the PASS Key IIl to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance See Roadside Assistance Program on page 400 for more information It may be possible for the PASS Key IIl decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the
69. lock the vehicle s doors See LOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 for more information Pressing the lock button may also arm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 104 A Unlock Press the unlock button to unlock the driver s door If the button is pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors will unlock The interior lamps will turn on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the remote unlock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signals flash when the RKE transmitter is used to unlock the vehicle s doors See UNLOCK HORN and LIGHT FLASH under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 for more information If enabled through the DIC and it is dark enough outside the vehicle s high beam headlamps parking lamps and back up lamps will turn on each time the unlock button on the transmitter is pressed These exterior lamps will stay on for 20 seconds or until a door is opened See EXT Exterior LIGHTS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 187 for additional information Pressing the unlock button on the RKE transmitter will disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 104 Remote Trunk Release The trunk will open when this button on the transmitter is pressed and held for about one second
70. miles 1 600 km so the brakes will adjust properly If your vehicle has rear drum brakes and the brake pedal goes down farther than normal the rear drum brakes might need adjustment Adjust them by backing up and firmly applying the brakes a few times Replacing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality brake parts When you replace parts of the braking system for example when the brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not the brakes might not work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between the front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery Your vehicle s battery is located in the trunk You do not need to access the battery to jump start your vehicle See Jump Starting on page 302 Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contai
71. new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to LOCK and remove the key 4 Insert the key to be programmed and turn it to the RUN position within five seconds of the original key being turned to the LOCK position 5 The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are ever driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine if you turn it off Your PASS Key IIl system however is not working properly and must be serviced by your dealer Your vehicle is not protected by the PASS Key IIl system at this time If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made 107 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so
72. of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka 220 It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent an
73. of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 318 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 325 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 250 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine
74. oil and Foaming Tre Shine Cleans shines and Polish stainless steel Medium foaming Cleaner marks from whitewalls Wash Wax Concentrate _ lightly waxes Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Biodegradable and Removes dirt grime phosphate free Glass Cleaner smoke and fingerprints Quickly and easily Removes dirt and grime removes spots and stains Coe and Wire Wheel trom chrome wheels and pont from carpets vinyl and eaner Wire wheel covers cloth upholstery Removes dust Odorless spray odor fingerprints and surface Odor Eliminator eliminator used on fabrics Finish Enhancer contaminants Spray on vinyl leather and carpet wipe off 359 Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M07267 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code helps you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts 360 Service Parts Identification Label This label is in the trunk on the driver side near the spare tire cover It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts The label has the following infor
75. on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer retailer for proper diagnosis 332 Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it except some aluminum wheels which can sometimes be repaired See your dealer retailer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer retailer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a cras
76. on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service 167 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle may have an Anti Lock Brake System ABS warning light The ABS warning light will come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to LOCK This is normal If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the light stays on turn the ignition off if the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not 168 have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with your regular brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 167 Enhanced Traction System Warning Light If your vehicle has the Enhanced Traction System ETS this warning light should come on briefly as you start the engine If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If the warning light stays on or comes on when you are driving there may be a problem with your ETS a
77. plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 40 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to Move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment on page 32 25 6 26 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants N is 5 gt nit aes e UN H 4 A Sy The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Ina crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which co
78. radio has a clock button for setting the time and date To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC accessory or RUN Press the power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under any one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or FWD forward button e To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or REV reverse button or turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio The date does not automatically display To see the date press the clock button while the radio is on The date with display times out after a few seconds and goes back to the normal radio and time display If your vehicle has a radio with a six disc CD player the radio has a MENU button instead of the clock button to set the time and date 189 To set the time and date follow these instructions 1 190 Turn the ignition key to ACC accessory or RUN Press the power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on Press the MENU button Once the clock option is displayed Press the pushbutton located under that label
79. receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer 213 Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate and LOCK or LOCKED will appear on the display With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if stolen 214 Audio Steering Wheel Controls Radio controls are located on the right side va of the steering wheel If your vehicle has Le this feature some audio A controls can be lv adjusted at this location They include the following V A Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous stored radio station and stay there Press and hold the up or down arrow longer than three quarters of a second to advance to the next or previous station with a strong signal in the selected band When a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous track Press and hold the up or down arrow longer than three quarters of a second to continue advancing ahead or reversing back to other tracks within the disc Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the volume Mute Voice Activation Press this button to silence the system Press this button again to turn the sound on If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar
80. restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce injuries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed When choosing an add on child restraint be to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt sure the child restraint is designed to be system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label positioner and some high back booster seats saying that it meets federal motor vehicle have a five point harness A booster seat can also safety standards Then follow the instructions help a child to see out the window for the restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 49 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions
81. sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right fron
82. side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 67 A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door 68 A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 41 or Infants and Young Children on page 44 There is an airbag readiness light on the e instr
83. so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible 171 If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 274 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off 172 Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 270 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfiring hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These
84. switch with the double indicator lights to turn on the heated seat at the highest setting a on Driver s Switch Shown Passenger s Switch Similar Both indicator lights will be lit to indicate that the setting is on high Press the side of the switch with the single indicator light to go to the low setting The indicator light will be lit to indicate that the setting is on low Return the switch to the center to turn off the heated seat If your vehicle has been turned off the last heated seat setting will be retained when the vehicle is started again 11 Reclining Seatbacks A CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Your seats have manual reclining seatbacks The lever used to operate them is located on the outboard side of the seats To recline the seatback do the following 1 Lift the recline lever 2 Move the seatback to the desired position then release the lever to lock the seatback in place 3 Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it
85. that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to the warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As the details show on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on as you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Please follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your vehicle s warning lights and gages They can be a big help 159 Instrument Panel Cluster Your instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going about how much fuel is left in the tank and many other things you will need to drive safely and economically C BRAKE TE 6 O a United States Version shown Canada similar 160 Spe
86. the hard braking can demand too much of those places You can lose control 228 The same thing can happen if you are steering through a sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate Those two control systems steering and acceleration can overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road and make you lose control See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the brake or accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your front wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 268 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right i
87. this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle 2 Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 120 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts 382 3 On automatic transaxle vehicles try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service On manual transaxle vehicles put the shift lever in NEUTRAL push the clutch pedal down halfway and try to start the engine The vehicle should start only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the way to the floor If the vehicle starts when the clutch pedal is not pushed all the way down contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control Ignition Transaxle Lock Check System Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to LOCK in each shift lever 7 position A CAUTION e With an automatic transaxle the ignition should turn to LOCK only when the shift lever When you are doing this inspection the is in PARK P The ignition key should vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle come out only in LOCK moves you or others could be injured e With a manual tra
88. to the anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat Each rear seating position has two exposed metal lower anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 55 To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the trim cover The top tether anchors are located under the trim covers on the rear seatback filler panel Pull open the trim cover to access the anchor Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 56 Do not secure a child restraint in the right front passenger s position if a national or local law requires tha
89. under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels can cause loss of the XM signal for a period of time The radio could display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference 215 Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD does not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player Do not use CD lens cleaners for CD players because the lens of the CD optics can become contaminated by lubricants 216 Fixed Mast Antenna The fixed mast antenna can withstand most car washes without being damaged If the mast should ever become slightly bent straighten it out by hand If the mast is badly bent replace it Check occasionally to make sure the mast is still tightened to the fender If tightening is required tighten by hand then with a wrench one quarter turn XM Satellite Radio Antenna System Your ve
90. unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 163 If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 76 for more on this including important safety information 165 Charging System Light The charging system light will come on briefly when you turn on the ignition and the engine is not running as a check to show you it is working Then it should go out when the engine is started If it stays on or comes on while you are driving you may have a problem with the electrical charging system Have it checked by your dealer Driving while this light is on could drain your battery If you must drive a short distance with the light on be certain to turn off all your accessories such as the radio and air conditioner 166 Up Shift Light Your vehicle may have an up shift light When this light comes on you should shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions allow you to This light is loc
91. warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Your vehicle may have an ashtray and cigarette lighter To use the lighter located on the instrument panel below the climate controls push it in all the way and let go When it is ready it will pop back out by itself Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 15 amperes To clean the center console ashtray remove the entire ashtray and empty it Notice lf you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray 153 Climate Controls Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle Vehicles with Air Conditioning shown without Air Conditioning similar Operation To change the current mode select one of the following 74 Vent This mode directs air to the instrument panel outlets 154 74 Bi Level This mode dire
92. wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 328 and Wheel Replacement on page 332 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can When rotating your tires always use the correct rotation pattern shown here use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 336 Do not include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 368 327 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining Y
93. which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead 324 Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 328 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 330 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capaci
94. wiring harness by lifting up on the tab to release and pull it straight out 4 Hold and turn the bulb socket clockwise and then release it from the lamp housing 5 Pull the old bulb straight out of the socket 6 Install a new bulb 7 Reverse Steps 2 through 4 to reinstall the taillamp assembly Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamps Sedan To replace one of these bulbs do the following As Open the trunk See Trunk on page 99 for more information Remove the fastener which holds down the trunk trim Once you have removed the trim there will be one more fastener to remove Remove the outer two screws from the taillamp assembly Disconnect the wiring harness by lifting up on the tab to release and pull it straight out Remove the taillamp from the quarter panel A Sidemarker B Stoplamp Turn Signal Taillamp C Back up 6 Remove the taillamp bulb socket from the Locate the bulb you need to change assembly by turning it counterclockwise Pull the old bulb out of the socket Install a new bulb Reverse Steps 1 through 6 to reinstall the taillamp assembly 315 Back Up Lamps Coupe License Plate Lamp To replace a back up lamp bulb do the following To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Remove the two screws from the face of the back up lamp 2 Pull the lamp straight out from the fascia pocket 3 Hold and turn the
95. you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your vehicle s mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your vehicle s inside mirror activate the right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your vehicle s passenger side outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it rea
96. your dealership retailer let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer retailer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair Transportation Options Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer retailer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Shuttle service is the preferred means of offering Courtesy Transportation and participating dealers retailers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters for the dealer s retailer s area 403 Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs and public transportation is used as shuttle service the reimbursement is limited to the associated shuttle allowance and must be supported by original receipts In addition for U S customers should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courte
97. 2 A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fan is running If the engine is overheating the fan should be running If it is not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank Notice This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure Failure to follow this procedure could cause your engine to overheat and be severely damaged If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the COLD FILL line add a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coo
98. 20 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 284 Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter severe service only See footnote h Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Engine cooling system service or _ five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote i Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote m 378 Maintenance Footnotes a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect drum brake linings shoes for wear or cracks Inspect other brake parts including drums wheel cylinders calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering cables for proper hook up binding cracks chafing etc c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine GM parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is
99. 2007 Pontiac G5 Owner Manual Ll Seats and Restraint Systems oo 7 Instrument Panel ee 135 Front Seals oe eeccccccceccccceasseecceeaaeeeeeeaaeeeees 9 Instrument Panel Overview ou 138 Rear Seats o eicceccecccccccesccceeeseeeeseeeeeeeees 17 Climate Controls oo ceccccceeeeeeceeeae sees 154 Safety Belts oo cccceceeeccceaaeeeeeeaaaeeees 19 Warning Lights Gages and Child Restraints o oo cccccccccccecccuccaeceaseeees 41 INGICALONS caitadicavidiieivsiaadieeiieartcenbivects 159 Airbag System sae iSessadacsansbaciussrtanddensxtanees 66 Driver Information Center DIC 176 Restraint System Check eseese 82 Audio System S oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 187 Features and Controls a 85 Driving Your Vehicle ee 217 KEYS een teste ders sone doe nee EEE es 87 Your Driving the Road and Doors and LOCKS oooeeeecoccccccccceccccceccecceeceecs 96 Your Vehicle oo ceeeceeeceeeeaeeeee ees 218 WINdOWS cspsssnaisawssciadsgeaasiadaancencannadshadians 101 TOWING wavecesssssnecsavaces tqisdenncetesansndeananstens 254 Theft Deterrent Systems ou eee 103 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle _ 108 aorvice and Appearance Care aiiora 265 Mirrors 127 SONICO erna ATR 268 O 8 Fuel erino enaena EEE 270 OnStar Systemi sursiiarriricrisininivaiians 129 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 276 Storage Areas nee eecccecccececcceseeeeeeeeaaeeees 133 Headiamo Aimin 308 SUMMON menarai en eaan Ri 134 p ee a Bulb Replacement ou eee
100. 57 Care of Safety Belts cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeteeeeeeees 353 Your CD Player c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 216 Your GDS srren 216 GD MPS racine iiie a 206 Center Console Storage Area eseese 133 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL 313 Chains Tire srorisnrenenn nenii 334 Charging System Light a e 166 Check Engine LIGI secreet a 170 Checking Things Under the Hood 276 Chemical Paint Spotting cceeeeeeee 358 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems 0 eeeeeeeeeees 47 Infants and Young Children 000 44 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 53 Older Children 20 0 0 cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeees 41 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 62 Where to Put the Restraint 0 ee 52 Cigarette Lighter cceeccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 153 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 356 Exterior Lamps Lenses ccce 354 Cleaning cont Fabric Ganpet ssrin 352 Finish Care nasman 354 Inside of Your Vehicle ascssccceccen 351 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces sernininannieniani 353 E E cesta T ENTO 357 Underbody Maintenance eeeee 358 Washing Your Vehicle aeee 354 Weatherstiips aisnccssavaneceavieectearedeecssteeeegs 354 Windshield and Wiper Blades
101. Airbag Equipped Vehicle 80 Checking the Restraint Systems 82 Adding Equipment to Your Replacing Restraint System Parts After ED E EE EE E OEI E N N sees 83 Airbag Equipped Vehicle cee 81 Front Seats Manual Seats ZN CAUTION You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver s seat while the vehicle is moving The sudden movement could startle and confuse you or make you push a pedal when you do not want to Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is not moving Lift the bar located under the front of the seat to unlock it Slide the seat to where you want it and release the bar Try to move the seat with your body to be sure the seat is locked in place Driver Seat Height Adjuster Manual Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the knob is located on the front of the driver seat lower cushion on the inboard side v aa The driver s seat height adjuster is located on the outboard side of the seat Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the lumbar support To raise the seat move the lever upward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height To lower the seat move the lever downward repeatedly until the seat is at the desired height Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated front seats The switches are located on the instrument panel above the climate control system Press the side of the
102. But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here is how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but do not shift into PARK P for an automatic transaxle or into gear for a manual transaxle When parking uphill turn your wheels away from the curb When parking downhill turn your wheels into the curb 2 Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels down while you e Start your engine e Shift into a gear e Release the parking brake Let up on the brake pedal Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks 263 Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you are pulling a trailer See Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid do not overfill engine oil drive belt cooling system and brake system 264 Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you are trailering it is a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 289 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care DOIVICE oraaa AER aR 268 Accessories and Modific
103. CAUTION Continued Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions
104. During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 256 or Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 257 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased 108 Ignition Positions With the key in the ignition switch you can turn it to four different positions Notice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is all the way in If it is turn the steering wheel left and right while you turn the key hard If none of this works then your vehicle needs service LOCK This position locks your steering column It is a theft deterrent feature You will only be able to remove your key when the ignition is turned to LOCK If you have an automatic transaxle the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in PARK P If you have a manual transaxle the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK in any shift lever position A CAUTION If you have a manual transaxle removing the key from the ignition switch will lock the steering column an
105. EEK arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes on to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band 198 i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press the information button to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist and CAT category can display Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays While information is not available No Info displays Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is parked Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 218 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each pag
106. ETS Your vehicle may have an Enhanced Traction System ETS that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that one or both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system reduces engine power and may also upshift the transaxle to limit wheel spin You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal A LOW TRACTION message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC when the traction control system is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message is displayed so adjust your driving accordingly If your vehicle is in cruise control when the Enhanced Traction System begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 145 226 When the system is on this warning light will come on to let you know there s a problem If the warning light stays on or comes on when you re driving there may be a problem with your Enhanced Traction System and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The Enhanced Traction System warning light may come on for the following reasons e Ifyou turn the system off by moving the shift lever to LOW L t
107. Flat Tire Changing ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 336 Flat Tire Storing ceeccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeees 347 Fluid Manual Transaxle ccccccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 285 Windshield Washer ccesceseeeeeeeeeeees 297 Fog Lamp FOG iiien r a decease adidas ie 150 Fog Lamp Light lt cis ccs a inene 174 Folding Rear Seat cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 17 417 FUCL vsti tec idinte leslie neon aai 270 AOOILIV ES ainena a oa 272 California Fuel sessssscssossssrcssieas 271 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 276 Filling Your Tank sonoras 274 Fuels in Foreign Countries ceee 273 AGO AE O N E E E AE N 175 Gasoline Octane cccceeecceceeeeeeeeeaeeeees 270 Gasoline Specifications cceeeeees 271 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block 364 Floor Console Fuse Block ceeees 362 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 008 362 Windshield Wiper 0 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 361 Gage UCI E EE E EE 175 Speedometer cceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 161 TACNOMOELE ssnsti tonii se 161 Gasoline OCLANG sent A A E A A TT 270 Specification S oianean aea 271 GIOVE BOK is ticeccnsivacceastias EEEN EENE 133 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 399 418 H Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeeeeeees 140 Head Restraints sisc cccderctencs destin deeieocieds 15 Headlamp AMING wottsteetocrsienesdste
108. Is Time for New Tires 328 Towing Recreational Vehicle cceeeeeeeees 254 Towing a Trailer seeeeeeeee sees 256 257 YOUR VENC Ezein aarian 254 Traction Enhanced Traction System ETS 226 Enhanced Traction System ETS Warning Light sesrnensnisdssaenaaaa 168 Transaxle Fluid Manual cccccceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeaes 285 Transaxle Operation Manual 006 117 Transmission Up Shiit LIQ wescssssvvscerssvevtersarcnededaeaeandesas 166 TUNK sissioni oa iaa A a 99 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 142 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0 6 141 U Understanding Radio Reception 5 215 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 0c00 330 Up SHIRLIQNE asentais eE 166 Vehicle Control cananan 222 Damage Warnings essssssesirreserrrrnerrrnenns 5 LoadING sorrniisrioreiina ni EA 249 Parking YOUN seinnaa 124 SYVIMDOIS sairus ipanaa E A EEEE 5 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recordos sissa a 405 Vehicle Identification Number VIN scesa inresa 360 Service Parts Identification Label 360 Vehicle Personalization DIG rrsnas arnan E a aTa 181 Ventilation Adjustment en eee 157 VISOS sosea a 103 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 159 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0 05 179 Hazard Warning Flashers aace 140 Other Warning Devices eeeeeees 140 Safe
109. MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com 397 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Pontiac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user in the U S can communicate with Pontiac by dialing 1 800 833 PONT 7668 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Pontiac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Pontiac the letter should be addressed to United Stat
110. Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair 300 Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications in Capacities and Specifications on page 368 If your vehicle has rear drum brakes they do not have wear indicators but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise have the rear brake linings inspected immediately Also the rear brake drums should be removed and inspected each time the tires are removed for rotation or changing When you have the front brake pads replaced have the rear brakes inspected too Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer retailer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign that brake service might be required Brake Adjustment Every time you make a moderate brake stop the disc brakes adjust for wear If you rarely make a moderate or heavier stop then the brakes might not adjust correctly If you drive in that way then very carefully make a few moderate brake stops about every 1 000
111. Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can damage the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle CAUTION POSSIBLE INJURY PROTECT EYES BY SHIELDING CAUSTIC BATTERY ACID COULD CAUSE BURNS AVOID SPARKS OR FLAMES SPARK OR FLAME COULD EXPLODE BATTERY LATCH BOTH LAP AND SHOULDER BELTS TO PROTECT OCCUPANT DO NOT TWIST
112. RK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes first and then press the shift lever button before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition key is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then press the shift lever button and then move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 123 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle see f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 248 115 NEUTRAL N In this position your engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while you
113. SAFETY BELT WHEN ATTACHING FASTEN SEAT BELTS MOVE SEAT FULLY Oa DO NOT INSTALL A REAR FACING REARWARD dau Lo CHILD RESTRAINT SECURE CHILD SEAT PULL BELT OUT COMPLETELY THEN SECURE 9 CHILD SEAT power ka x winnow P IN THIS SEATING POSITION e DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN THIS SEATING POSITION DOOR LOCK UNLOCK MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH TURN SIGNALS PARKING LAMPS HAZARD WARNING FLASHER DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS N 1 o 4 I s ENGINE COOLANT TEMP BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 7 ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM TIRE PRESSURE FUSE BOX ACCESS ENGINE COOLANT FAN OWNER MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL E Section 1 Front Seals asica ianiai 9 Manual Seats cccccviccstsdiecenaticheeaaiidereaaritenss 9 Driver Seat Height Adjuster eee 10 Manual Lumbar 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 Heated Seats acc snhendaccininnaiees 11 Reclining Seatbacks ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 Head Restraints ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 15 Easy Entry Seat Coupe 0 cceeeeeeeeees 16 Rear S ats innariciata 17 Split Folding Rear Seat ceeeeeeeeeees 17 Safety Belts cect seventes su seenivioel diveeenieveee ies 19 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 19 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts rrara abet 23 How to Wear Safety Belts Proper
114. TQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering
115. TR VENT Relays REAR DEFOG COOL FAN2 WPR HI LO CRNK COOL FAN1 FUEL PUMP WPR ON OFF COOL FANS PWR TRN Usage O Fuel Pump Windshield Wiper On Off Engine Cooling Fans Engine Cooling Fan 1 Relays Usage AIR PUMP AIR Pump A C CLTCH Air Conditioning Clutch AIR SOL AIR Solenoid L61 LE5 AFTERCOOL Aftercooler L4 RUNICRNK PLR Fuse Puller 367 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions Please refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 for more information Application For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer for more information 7 0L 47L Fuel Tank 2 2L L4 Engine with NU6 emissions sold new in CA ME 511L VT NY NH MA see your dealer for bordering states Silda eerie earuen es a 2 4L L4 Engine sold new in all states 49 2 L 6 6 L Transaxle Manual Complete Drain and Refill 1 7 qt 1 6L Wheel Nut Torque 100 Ib ft 140 Nem All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the appropriate level as recommended in this manual Air Conditioning Refrigerant 368 Engine Specifications Engine _VINCode Spark Plug Gap Automatic Automatic 369 42 NOTES 370 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 008 372 Owner Checks and Services 0
116. TRAL Use this position when you start or idle your engine 118 REVERSE R To back up press down the clutch pedal and shift into REVERSE R Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use REVERSE R along with the parking brake for parking your vehicle Shift Speeds A CAUTION If you skip a gear when you downshift you could lose control of your vehicle You could injure yourself or others Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when you downshift Up Shift Light If you have a manual transaxle you may have an up shift light This light will show you when to shift to the next higher gear for the best fuel economy United States Only When this light comes on you can shift to the next higher gear if weather road and traffic conditions let you For the best fuel economy accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on While you accelerate it is normal for the light to go on and off if you quickly change the position of the accelerator Ignore the light when you downshift 119 Parking Brake Automatic Shown Manual Similar The parking brake lever is located between the front seats For vehicles equipped with an armrest lift the console ar
117. Visor Vanity Mirror Your vehicle may have a driver s side vanity mirror Swing down the sun visor and lift the cover to expose the mirror Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal 103 Content Theft Deterrent f Arming the System With the ignition off you can arm the system by pressing the remote keyless entry transmitter lock button Your vehicle may have a content theft deterrent alarm system The system will arm after either of these things occur e Thirty seconds after all the doors are closed e Sixty seconds with any door open If you press the lock button on the transmitter a second time while all the doors are closed the system will arm immediately The system will still arm in 60 seconds if a door is open When the open door is closed it will also become armed 104 The security light located on the instrument panel cluster will turn on to indicate that arming has been initiated Once the system is armed the security light will flash once every three seconds If the security light is flashing twice per second this means that a door is open If you do not want to arm the system you may lock the car with the manual lock knobs on the doors Disarming the System You can disarm the system by doing any one of the foll
118. When going downhill you may have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Of course applying the brake takes turns off the cruise control Many drivers find this to be too much trouble and do not use cruise control on steep hills Ending Cruise Control To end cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or the clutch pedal if the vehicle has a manual transaxle Stepping on the brake pedal or clutch pedal will only end the current cruise control session Press the cruise control on off button to turn the system completely off Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition the cruise control set speed memory is erased 147 Headlamps The lever on the left side of the steering column operates the exterior lamps The exterior lamp switch has the following four positions ZD Headlamps Turn the switch to this position to turn on the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps 300 Parking Lamps Turn the switch to this position to turn on the parking lamps and taillamps only 148 AUTO Automatic Headlamp System Turn the switch to this position to automatically turn on the Daytime Running Lamps DRL during daytime and the headlamps parking lamps and taillamps at night This position must be selected in order for the Wiper Activated Headlamps to be activated See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 149 4 Off On This position is the moment
119. When the state of charge is high the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads 151 A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver Battery Run Down Protection Your vehicle has a battery saver feature designed to protect the vehicle s battery When any interior lamp is left on and the igni
120. a remote positive and a remote negative jump starting terminal The remote positive terminal is located under a red tethered cap on the engine Lift the cap to access the terminal compartment fuse block The remote negative GND is located behind the engine coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for more information on the location of the positive and negative terminals on your vehicle A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan ground terminal marked A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can A CAUTION Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have You do not need to add waiter to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you don t explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your s
121. a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid needless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 268 Anti Lock Brake System ABS
122. aa 243 Easy Entry S atic icccnetssatvesiesansnnegsavsdevesearetaces 16 Electrical System Add On Equipment n eeen 361 Engine Compartment Fuse Block 364 Floor Console Fuse Block n 362 Fuses and Circuit Breakers a n 362 Headlamp Wiring ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeees 361 Power Windows and Other Power OPNS inicien aaea 361 Windshield Wiper Fuses secc 361 Engine Air Cleaner Filter cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 284 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 170 COOlAI oeisio a La 286 Coolant Heater 00 cceeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 113 Coolant Temperature Warning Light 169 Drive Belt Routing seeceeeeeeeeeeees 388 Engine Compartment Overview 278 EXNGUSU E A A nev E EE 125 S ieee ee ee 279 Oil Life System eeens 282 Overheating sirieias aenea 289 Staing soseen aA 112 Enhanced Traction System ETS 0 226 Warming Cigni siccdscivecswatenacsvactocesteaeesesiaieds 168 Entry Exit LIQHting serina 151 Event Data Recorders EDR 066 405 Extender Safety Belt cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 40 Filter Engine Air Cleaner ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 284 Finish Damage c ccccececeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 357 Fixed Mast Antenna cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 216 Flashers Hazard Warning 6 10 140 FlaSn t0 P ass cissevcnssedaxieacsaiareocdisvarencaareneeds 143 Fat WRC noera n E ncaa 335
123. aintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer to remove odors from your vehicle s upholstery 351 Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc 352 Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For s
124. ake only To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer Usage Fluid Lubricant Engine Oil Engine Coolant Engine oil which meets GM Standard GM6094M and displays the American Petroleum Institute Certified for Gasoline Engines starburst symbol GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for your vehicle s engine see Engine Oil on page 279 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and use only DEX COOL Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 286 Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Usage Fluid Lubricant Hydraulic Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Clutch System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid ees Optikleen Washer Solvent Parking Brake Cable Guides Manual Transaxle Automatic Transaxle Key Lock Cylinders Manual Transaxle Shift Linkage Chassis Lubricant GM
125. al or Federal law and mounting dismounting or changing of snow tires chains or other traction devices Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers retailers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles For warranty repairs during the Bumper to Bumper U S or Base Warranty Coverage period Canada provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty interim transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation program Several courtesy transportation options are available to assist in reducing your inconvenience when warranty repairs are required Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty and is available only at participating dealers retailers A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service contact your dealer retailer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer retailer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call
126. al computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section 193 A EJECT Press the CD eject button to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player J Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this pushbutton to advance playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 194 RDM Random With the random setting you can listen to CD tracks in random rather than sequential order To use random do the following 1 Press this button to play tracks from the CD you are listening to in random order The random icon displays 2 Press this button again to turn off random play The r
127. an be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice lf you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 303 4 Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on that vehicle You will not see the battery of your vehicle under the hood It is located in the trunk You will not need to access your battery for jump starting Your vehicle has
128. ance if the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 279 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 282 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote j Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 284 See footnote k Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 326 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 381 Inspect brake system See footnote a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services 7 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers 40 000 80000 1
129. and song title displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CD Rs with an adapter ring Full size CD Rs and the smaller CD Rs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 276 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp EJECT Pr
130. andom icon disappears from the display RPT Repeat With the repeat setting one track can be repeated To repeat the track you are listening to press and release the RPT button An arrow symbol displays Press RPT again to turn off repeat play i Information Press this button to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while listening to the radio The CD icon and track number displays while a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player CD Messages CHECK DISC If an error message displays and or the CD comes out it could be for one of the following reasons e It is very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD R e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If a
131. ansaxle on page 256 or Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 257 Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake Move the shift lever into PARK P by holding the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle Turn the ignition key to LOCK Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 121 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it After you have moved the shift lever into PARK P hold the regular brake pedal down Then see if you can move the shift lever away from PARK P without first pushing the button If you can it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into PARK P 122 Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transaxle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much for
132. ant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice lf you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than four times a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 for more information 287 Checking Coolant A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver s side of the vehi
133. are no longer rolling release enough pressure on the brakes to get the wheels rolling again This restores steering control Push the brake pedal down steadily when you have to stop suddenly As long as the wheels are rolling you will have steering control Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals e f you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare
134. ary Off On switch for the Automatic Headlamp System For vehicles first sold in Canada the transaxle must be in the PARK P position before the Automatic Headlamp System can be turned off When operating in AUTO a momentary turn of the switch to off on will turn off the Automatic Headlamp System Rotating the switch to off on again will turn the Automatic Headlamp System back on The Automatic Headlamp System is always turned on at the beginning of an ignition cycle Wiper Activated Headlamps This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps after the windshield wipers are turned on For this feature to work automatic lighting must be enabled See Headlamps on page 148 for additional information When the ignition is turned off the wiper activated headlamps will immediately turn off They will also turn off 15 seconds after the windshield wiper control is turned off Headlamps on Reminder If the driver s door is opened with the ignition off and the lamps on a warning chime will sound This lets you know that the headlamps are still on Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada Your vehicle
135. ast track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode was chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present in the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension Such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 32 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename does not display Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD R in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number
136. asy Entry Seat Coupe A CAUTION If the easy entry right front seat is not locked it can move In a sudden stop or A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always push and pull on the crash the person sitting there could be seatback to be sure it is locked injured After you have used it be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat to be sure it is locked The front passenger seat can be used to easily get in and out of the rear seat To use the easy entry seat do the following 1 Push down the easy entry seat handle located on the rear of the seatback on the outboard side to release the seatback 2 Tilt the seatback forward completely while pushing the seat forward 3 Move the seatback to its original position after someone gets into the rear seat area Make sure the seatback is locked 4 Move the seat rearward until it locks into place Rear Seats Split Folding Rear Seat You can fold either side of the rear seatback down for more cargo space To lower the rear seatback follow these steps 1 Open the trunk and pull one or both of the small handles located in the center of the trunk 17 Notice Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal st
137. at the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger 78 sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is active For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the perso
138. at you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer retailer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs 407 If an Accident Occurs e If your vehicle cannot be driven know where the towing service will be taking it
139. ated in your instrument panel cluster to the left of the tachometer United States Only See Manual Transaxle Operation on page 117 for more information Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part is not working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully Make sure the parking brake is fully released You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the pedal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 254 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light
140. ations 0 268 California Proposition 65 Warning 269 Doing Your Own Service Work 6 269 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicl cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 270 FUG aiiiar ties eon 270 Gasoline Octane cece ce ceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 270 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeeeeeee ee 271 California Fuel 0 ccccececeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 271 PROOILIVES sissssssaiicsinss aAA 272 Fuels in Foreign Countries eeee 273 Filling the Tank ecveresctveny iss tesnectastdeesnsdens 274 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 276 Checking Things Under the Hood 276 Hood Release sissies eictancdidees ct 277 Engine Compartment Overview 278 Engine Qil arisen aae aa EE 279 Engine Oil Life System eee 282 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ceeeeees 284 Automatic Transaxle Fluid 0 0008 285 Manual Transaxle Fluid 0 ceeeee 285 Hydraulic CUON eee ececeecceeeenteeeeeeaaeeeees 286 Engine Coolant sisinio iesea 286 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 289 Engine Overheating ceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 Cooling System cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 292 Windshield Washer Fluid eeeeee 297 Brakon scdecces tetera E iene Pas 298 Battery isceucsesneecnneevadecud E 301 JUMP Starting sirsenis 302 Headlamp Aiming
141. attery The KEY FOB BATT LOW message in the vehicle s DIC will display if the RKE transmitter battery is low 92 Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred to these surfaces may damage the transmitter To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter do the following 1 Insert a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located below the vehicle locator panic alarm button and separate the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter 2 Remove the battery and replace it with the new one Make sure the positive side of the battery faces up Use one three volt CR2032 or equivalent type battery 3 Snap the front and back together tightly so moisture will not get inside the transmitter 4 Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may have a remote start feature This feature allows you to start the engine from outside the vehicle It may also start the vehicle s heating or air conditioning systems When you start your vehicle using the remote start feature the climate control system will come on and adjust the interior to the temperature settings that you left it set to when you turned the vehicle off Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check loca
142. ave this manual in the vehicle Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtained from your dealer retailer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 2006 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices
143. be turned on when the fan is off 155 Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog or frost from the windshield and side windows Use the defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly For best results clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting Turn the left knob to select the defog or defrost mode Defog This mode directs about half of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets and half to the floor outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor To defog the windows faster turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting W Defrost This mode directs most of the air to the windshield with some air directed to the side window outlets and the floor outlets When you select this mode the system runs the air conditioning compressor To defrost the windows faster turn the temperature control knob clockwise to the warmest setting 156 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window The rear window defogger will only work when the ignition is in RUN Gy Rear Press the button to turn t
144. ble for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver and for the right front passenger and the passenger seated directly behind that passenger If your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags the word AIRBAG will appear on the airbag covering on the garnish trim near the ceiling and the side windows Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace them A CAUTION Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Roof mounted
145. by the dealership without further help in the U S contact the Pontiac Customer Assistance Center by calling 1 800 762 2737 In Canada contact General Motors of Canada Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling 1 800 263 3777 English or 1 800 263 7854 French We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Pontiac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE U S Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warra
146. can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e lf the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e lf the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e If the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e lf the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Your vehicle may or may not have roof mounted side impact airbags See Airbag System on page 66 Roof mounted side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A roof mounted side impact airbag will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Roof mounted side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts A roof mounted side impact airbag is
147. ccceceeeceeeeee ee ee 311 Maintenance Schedule a 371 Windshield Wiper Blade Maintenance Schedule c 00ccceee 372 Replacement ou cece ceccceecccceeeeeaneeeseeees 317 f MS ciel tate cect teen hata Cheeta N EE 31g Customer Assistance Information 393 Appearance Care assesseer 351 Customer Assistance and Vehicle Identification o cecsssesscssseeseesseee 360 IMIOKTNAMON sitiena anin eaaa a Electrical System oo cece cece eeccceeeeeeeeeeeees 361 Reporting Safety Defects oo 410 Capacities and Specifications Y PONTIAC GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem PONTIAC the PONTIAC Emblem are registered trademarks and the name G5 is a trademark of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without further notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Pontiac Division whenever it appears in this manual Litho in U S A Part No 15864460 B Second Printing This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed while you are on the road If the vehicle is sold le
148. ce on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brake and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 121 When you are ready to drive move the shift lever out of PARK P before you release the parking brake If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle then you will be able to pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system The shift lock release is designed to e Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in PARK P with the shift lever button fully released and e Prevent movement of the shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in a position other than LOCK The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of a an uncharged or low voltage less than 9 volt battery If your vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage try charging or jump starting the battery See Jump Starting on page 302 for more information To shift out of PARK P use the following sequence 1 Apply the brake pedal 2 Then press th
149. cks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this pushbutton to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 203 RDM Random With the random setting you can listen to the tracks in random rather than sequential order on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following e Press the CD AUX button or for a single CD player insert a disc partway into the slot of the CD player A RDM label displays To play the tracks from the single CD in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play e Press the CD AUX button or for a six disc CD player press and hold the LOAD button A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays Insert one or more discs partway into the slot of the CD player To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 204 BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while
150. cle See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for more information on location 288 Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool If the coolant surge tank is empty a special fill procedure is necessary See Engine Overheating on page 289 for instructions on How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure it is hand tight and fully seated Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured The coolant surge tank pressure cap must be fully installed on the coolant surge tank See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for more information on location Engine Overheating You will find an engine coolant temperature warning light on your vehicle s instrument panel See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 169 for more information 289 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming fr
151. conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems during normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have d
152. cted delay 4 Delay When the lever is in the intermittent position turn the intermittent adjust band with this symbol on it up or down to set for a shorter or longer delay between wipes To the left of the adjust band are bars increasing in size from bottom to top that indicate the frequency of the wipes Smaller bars mean the wipers movement is less frequent Larger bars mean the movement is more frequent E Low Speed Move the lever up to the first setting past intermittent for steady wiping at low speed 143 High Speed Move the lever up to the second setting past intermittent for wiping at high speed W Mist Move the lever all the way down to this position for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the windshield wipers start then let go The windshield wipers stop after one wiping cycle If you want additional wiping cycles hold the lever down longer Damaged wiper blades can prevent you from seeing well enough to drive safely To avoid damage be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If the wiper blades are frozen to the windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If your blades do become damaged get new blades Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker stops the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload If the motor gets stuck turn the wipers off clear away the snow or ice and then turn the wipers back on
153. cts about half of the air to the instrument panel outlets and then directs the remaining air to the floor outlets Cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets ted Floor This mode directs most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows The left knob can also be used to select defog or defrost mode Information on defogging and defrosting can be found later in this section Fan Turn the center knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed In any setting other than off the fan will run continuously with the ignition on The fan must be turned on to run the air conditioning compressor Off To turn the fan off turn the knob all the way counterclockwise to the off position Temperature Control Turn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle lt Recirculate Press this button to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle or to help heat or cool the air inside the vehicle more quickly An indicator light above the button will come on in this mode The air conditioning compressor also comes on This mode is not available for floor defog and defrost modes When the recirculation button is pressed the recirculate indicator light will flash five times and outside air will be delivered Operation in this mode during periods of high h
154. cure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer Notice Contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly 58 Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3 Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors 2 If
155. d fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if There are several ways to lock and unlock your the doors are not locked So wear vehicle safety belts properly and lock the To lock the driver s door from the outside turn the doors whenever you drive key clockwise To unlock the door turn the key Young children who get into unlocked counterclockwise vehicles may be unable to get out A You can also use the remote keyless entry child can be overcome by extreme transmitter if equipped to lock and unlock CAUTION Continued the doors From the inside use the manual lock knobs on each door or the power door lock switch to lock and unlock all doors 96 Power Door Locks Your vehicle may have power door locks The locks are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrest Driver s Switch shown Front Passenger s Switch similar Press the side of the switch with the lock symbol to lock the doors This is the right side for the driver s switch and the left side for the front passenger s switch Press the side of the switch with the unlock symbol to unlock the doors This is the left side for the driver s switch and the right side for the front passenger s switch Delayed Locking If your vehicle has power locks it will have the delayed locking feature This
156. d result in a loss of ability to steer the vehicle This could cause a Collision If you need to turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving turn the key to ACC ACC ACCESSORY This position operates some of your electrical accessories It unlocks the steering wheel and ignition RUN This is the position the switch returns to after you start your engine and release the switch The switch stays in the RUN position when the engine is running But even when the ignition is not running you can use RUN to operate your electrical accessories and to display some warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACC or RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time Q START This position starts the engine When the engine starts release the key The ignition switch will return to RUN for normal driving A warning tone will sound if you open the driver s door while in LOCK or ACC when the key has not been removed from the ignition 109 Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transaxle Als
157. d that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision Ata BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up I will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of
158. d to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 254 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label either attached above the door lock post for a two door vehicle or below the door lock post for a four door vehicle The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 249 The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size
159. de There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located on the inside of the trunk lid of your vehicle This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle and push the trunk lid open from the inside to open the trunk Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather Manual Windows If your vehicle has manual windows use the window crank to open and close each window 101 Power Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome from extreme heat in warm or hot weather and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke When there are children in the rear seat use the window lockout button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows If your vehicle has power windows the switches on the driver s door armrest control each of the windows Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows wil
160. de for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent The
161. dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experience extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior m
162. e Always tow your vehicle using the dinghy towing procedure listed in this section or put your vehicle on a flatbed truck Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle Do not tow a trailer if your vehicle is equipped with a manual transaxle Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with an automatic transaxle and the proper trailer towing equipment If your vehicle is not equipped as stated previously do not tow a trailer To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you should read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling acceleration braking durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That is the reason for this part In it are many time tested important tra
163. e through flowing water Some Other Rainy Weather Tips e Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially careful when you pass another vehicle Allow yourself more clear room ahead and be prepared to have your view restricted by road spray e Have good tires with proper tread depth See Tires on page 318 City Driving R v Be ee hall z m LTE Py p mi 3 i SI Eyam Z T E z DANAN Ze Fr A wl i 4 Yo A N Ct ff Fox yaw AAS Z y ZMK SS PAC T One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals s a Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 238 Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light turns green and just before you start to move check
164. e to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD forward or REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position 199 To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization Press this button to select preset equalization settings To return to the manual mode press the EQ button until Manual displays or start to manually adjust the bass midrange or treble by pressing the tune knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the tune knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD or REV button until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for m
165. e Program on page 400 for more information Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys Remote Keyless Entry RKE System If the vehicle has the Remote Keyless Entry RKE system it operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may b
166. e blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right hold the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 e If you are still having trouble see your dealer retailer or a qualified technician for service 89 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The vehicle s doors may be locked and unlocked and the trunk can be opened from about 3 feet 1 m up to 197 feet 60 m away with the remote keyless entry transmitter If your vehicle has the remote vehicle start feature you can also start the vehicle s engine with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter a a o gt DA Remote Keyless Entry with Remote Start Remote Keyless Entry without Remote Start 90 The following functions may be available if your vehicle has the RKE system Q Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has this feature the engine may be started from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start later in this section for more detailed information Lock Press the lock button to lock all the doors The interior lamps will turn off after all of the doors are closed If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the remote lock feedback can be programmed to have the horn chirp and or the turn signals flash when the RKE transmitter is used to
167. e instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle out of the retractor to set the lock the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 61 62 To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way
168. e least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution If you have the Enhanced Traction System ETS it will improve your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even though your vehicle has this system you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 If your vehicle does not have ETS accelerate gently Try not to break the fragile traction If you accelerate too fast the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface under the tires even more Unless your vehicle has the Anti Lock Brake System ABS you will want to brake very gently too If your vehicle does have ABS see Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 223 ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Whether your vehicle has ABS or not you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement Without ABS if you feel your vehicle begin to slide let up on the brakes a little Push the brake pedal down steadily to get the most traction you can Remember unless your vehicle has ABS if you brake so hard that the wheels stop rolling your vehicle will just slide Brake so the wheels always keep
169. e of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 through 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the tune knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwis
170. e shift lever button 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still are unable to shift out of PARK P 1 Fully release the shift lever button 2 While holding down the brake pedal press the shift lever button again 3 Move the shift lever to the desired position If you still cannot move the shift lever from PARK P consult your dealer or a professional towing service 123 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle Before leaving your vehicle fully press the clutch pedal in move the shift lever into REVERSE R and firmly apply the parking brake Once the shift lever has been placed in REVERSE R with the clutch pedal pressed in you can turn the ignition key to LOCK remove the key and release the clutch See Manual Transaxle Operation on page 117 124 Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry grass or other things that can burn Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death CAUTION Continued Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris Repairs were not done correctly Your vehicle or the exhaust system has been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle
171. e size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 322 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead co
172. e system begins to play audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays Using an MP3 MP3 CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when recorded using ID3 tags version 1 and 2 206 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 Format If you burn your own MP3 disc on a personal computer e Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc e Avoid mixing standard audio and MP3 files on one disc e The CD player is able to read and play a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files e Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or aloum should contain 18 songs or less e Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of f
173. e vehicle with the dead battery 10 11 Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative terminal marked GND Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the positive terminal cover to its original position Jumper Cable Removal A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or Remote Negative Terminal GND B Good Battery or Remote Positive and Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal
174. ed and the maximum pressure needed to support that load E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 325 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a typical passenger vehicle tire size P225 60R16 97S TI B A Passenger P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association A tire size without the letter P as the first character is certified to European standards 321 B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tir
175. edometer and Odometer Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip A and Trip B odometer See Trip Information under DIC Operation and Displays on page 176 The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Simply open the driver s door and the mileage will be displayed briefly If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm Notice If you operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area your vehicle could be damaged and the damages would not be covered by your warranty Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area 161 Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts The driver safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more You should buckle your safety belt This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion LZ If the driver s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come
176. ee Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for the location of the reservoir There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake and or clutch hydraulic system If it is you should have the brake and or clutch system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes and or clutch will not work well 298 So it is not a good idea to top off the brake clutch fluid Adding fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when the brake linings are worn you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove fluid as necessary only when work is done on the brake clutch hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake and or clutch hydraulic system When the brake fluid falls to a low level the brake warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 167 What to Add Notice When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed b
177. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 191 Radio with CD MP9 ceseeeeeeeteeeees 196 Using an MP8 00 0 eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeees 206 XM Radio Messages ccecce 212 Theft Deterrent Feature accses 214 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 214 Radio Reception cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 215 Care of Your CDS cccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 216 Care of the CD Player cesteeerees 216 Fixed Mast Antenna 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeee es 216 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 216 4 NOTES 137 Instrument Panel Overview The main components of your instrument panel are the following A B Side Window Outlets See Climate Control System on page 154 Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 157 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 141 Cruise Control Buttons If Equipped See Cruise Control on page 145 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 160 Audio Steering Wheel Controls If Equipped See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 214 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 140 Windshield Wiper Washer Controls See Windshield Wipers on page 143 and Windshield Washer on page 144 Audio System See Audio System s on page 187 Fog Lamp Button If Equipped See Fog Lamps on page 150 K L M Trunk Release See Trunk on page
178. el side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the load button for two seconds You will hear a beep and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs 202 If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 216 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Notice If
179. emove label until the category name along with the word Removed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category displays or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio does not let you to remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer for service Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 212 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing 201 Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD V Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot lab
180. en it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle 343 8 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off 3 the ground so there is enough room for A CAUTION the compact spare tire to fit under the vehicle 9 Remove all of the Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts wheel nuts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off 344 10 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel 5 bolts mounting A CAUTION surfaces and spare f wheel Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident 12 Reinstall the wheel nuts with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each 11 Place the compact spare tire on the nut by hand until the wheel is held against wheel mounting surface the hub 13 Lower the vehicle by
181. ended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition see your GM Goodwrench dealer 373 This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within Z CAUTION recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured
182. es Customer Assistance Pontiac Customer Assistance Center P O Box 33172 Detroit MI 48232 5172 www Pontiac com 1 800 762 2737 or 1 800 833 7668 For Text Telephone devices TTYs 398 Roadside Assistance 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 www gmcanada com 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 268 6800 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand controls or a wheelchair scooter lift The o
183. es information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada the service bulletin reference number can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer retailer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 This reference number is needed to order the service bulletin from Helm Inc RETAIL SELL PRICE 6 00 US Processing Fee 411 Owner Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 US Processing Fee Without Portfolio Owner Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 US Processing Fee Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form specify year and model name of the vehicle 412 ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc o
184. ess the CD eject button to eject CD R s To eject the CD R that is currently playing press and release this button 209 A beep will sound and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R can be removed If the CD R is not removed after several seconds the CD R automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs J Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt 5 Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file 210 You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file You will
185. essage may display on some vehicles Under severe conditions hot ambient temperatures steep grades and towing your vehicle may experience more transaxle shifting This is temporary and normal under these conditions This does not require engine or transaxle service CRUISE ENGAGED This message displays when the cruise control system is active See Cruise Control on page 145 for more information DOOR AJAR This message displays if one or more of the vehicle s doors are not closed properly When this message displays make sure that the door s are closed completely ENGINE DISABLED This message displays if the starting of the engine is disabled Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately 180 ENG Engine PWR Power REDUCED This message displays to inform you that the vehicle has reduced engine power to avoid damaging the engine Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven ata reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible ICE POSSIBLE This message displays when the outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions Adjust your dr
186. est fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues and you have not stopped pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam you can idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away 291 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is A CAUTION what you will see An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface The coolant level should be at the COLD FILL line If it is not you may have a leak at the pressure cap or in the radiator hoses heater hoses radiator water pump or somewhere in the cooling system 2 2L L4 Engine shown 2 4L L4 Engine similar A Electric Engine Cooling Fan B Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap 29
187. et iste 308 Headlamp Wiring ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeees 361 Headlamp sinised a cise cadets 148 Bulb Replacement aneen 311 Daytime Running Lamps seenen 149 Flasi PaSS carena ceeds 143 Halogen Bulbs ssssinersrreiineessiiis a 311 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps 312 High Low Beam Changer eeeeeees 142 On Reminder sssrinin carrieiras 149 Wiper Activated cccceeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 149 Heated Seats ccecceecececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 11 HENE oenar EN EEE AE E 154 Height Adjuster Driver Seat eee 10 Highbeam On Light aaien 175 Highway Hypnosis 240 Hill and Mountain Roads 241 Hood Checking Things Under s es 276 REEE A A E 277 HOM reared casein dcssavenrcseenridinvens diaeetsciven 140 How to Use This Manual 0eeeeeeee ee 4 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 24 Hydraulic ClUtCh 2 02 2 cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 286 I IQnition POSItIONS s asserissianeiseiins ienien 108 Infants and Young Children Restraints 44 Inflation Tire Pressure sceeeeeeeeeeee 325 Instrument Panel OVGIVICW tc desccandedestahedersatancdensacbenesesctberestes 138 Instrument Panel I P BRIQMUNCSS ioen a 150 GUSTON vsvessnesssccnevtavecinnnessorenegaaceninsaseccannsass 160 J JUMP Starting siseasi issrnreena diendi nenni 302 K Keyless Entry System a se 88 BOYS a EAA Seal EEEE 87
188. f time you may notice a reduced amount of power steering assist The normal amount of power steering assist should return shortly after a few normal steering movements The electric power steering system does not require regular maintenance If you suspect steering system problems and or the POWER STEERING message comes on contact your dealer for service repairs See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 179 227 Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner each of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly apply the brakes Both control systems steering and braking have to do their work where the tires meet the road Unless you have four wheel anti lock brakes adding
189. feature will delay the actual locking of the doors for up to five seconds when the power door lock switch or remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the vehicle If any door is open when locking the vehicle three chimes will sound signaling that the delayed locking feature is active Five seconds after the last door is closed all of the doors will lock and the turn signal lamps will flash To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately press the lock button a second time This feature will not lock the doors if the key is in the ignition You can disable this function through the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 97 Automatic Door Lock If your vehicle has power door locks the doors will automatically lock when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P for a vehicle with an automatic transaxle For a vehicle with a manual transaxle the speed must be greater than 5 mph 8 km h The automatic door locking feature cannot be disabled Programmable Automatic Door Unlock If your vehicle has power locks it has a programmable automatic door unlock feature The doors can be programmed through the Driver Information Center DIC to automatically unlock several ways See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 187 for more information Rear Door Security Locks Sedan Your vehicle has rear door security locks These prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from
190. ffer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 399 Roadside Assistance Program In the U S call 1 800 ROADSIDE 762 3743 In Canada call 1 800 268 6800 Service is available 24 hours a day 365 days a year As the owner of a new Pontiac vehicle you are automatically enrolled in the Pontiac Roadside Assistance program Who is Covered Roadside Assistance coverage is for the vehicle operator regardless of ownership In Canada a person driving this vehicle without the consent of the owner is not eligible for coverage The following services are provided in the U S during the Bumper to Bumper warranty period and in Canada during the Base Warranty coverage period of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty up to a maximum coverage of 100 e Fuel Delivery Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station approximately 5 in Canada Service to provide diesel may be restricted For safety reasons propane and other alternative fuels will not be provided through this service 400 Lock out Service To ensure secur
191. from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible 233 You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it 234 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads H WLM LLM iy WL ih i if ly MMe SW Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you w
192. g feature On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works In order to provide you with OnStar services your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services 131 OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are ina place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all
193. g the Tone Bass Treble BASS TREB Bass Treble To adjust the bass or treble press the tune knob or the BASS TREBLE pushbutton until the desired tone control label displays Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the setting The current bass or treble level displays If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble EQ Equalization Press this button to adjust BASS and TREBLE Settings 192 Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade lt q BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust the balance or fade press this button or the tune knob until the desired speaker control label displays Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the setting Radio Messages Calibration Error The audio system has been calibrated for your vehicle from the factory If Calibration Error displays it means that the radio has not been configured properly for your vehicle and it must be returned to your dealer for service Loc Locked This message is displayed while the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the i
194. gnition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays As each new track starts to play the track number displays The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch 8 cm single CDs with an adapter ring Full size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same manner If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 216 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Notice If a label is added to a CD or more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs the CD player could be damaged While using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a person
195. h If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis See Changing a Flat Tire on page 336 for more information 333 Tire Chains A CAUTION If your vehicle has P205 55R16 or P205 50R17 size tires do not use tire chains They can damage your vehicle because there is not enough clearance Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions CAUTION Continued 334 CAUTION Continued Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires Notice If your vehicle has a tire size other than P205 55R16 or P205 50R17 use tire chains only where legal and only when you must Use
196. h storage area Use the lever on the front of the console to open it Driver s Storage Compartment The driver s storage compartment is located near the left side of the steering column on the bottom of the instrument panel Pull the cover down to open It can be used to store small items Convenience Net Your vehicle may have a convenience net You will see it inside the back wall of the trunk Put small loads behind the net It can help keep them from falling over during sharp turns or quick starts and stops Unclip a corner of the convenience net to fit larger objects behind the net then reclip it to secure them in place The net is not for larger heavier loads Store them in the trunk as far forward as you can You can unhook the net so that it will lie flat when you are not using it 133 Sunroof If the vehicle has a sunroof the switch that operates it is located on the headliner The sunroof will only operate while the ignition is on or turned to ACC or if Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 111 134 between the map lamps Press the sunroof switch rearward to open the sunroof to the vent position If the sunshade is closed it must be opened manually in the vent position Press and hold the switch rearward a second time to open the sunroof If the sunshade is closed it will open automatically when the sunroof is opened To close the sunroof
197. h the compact spare tire was fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 350 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible
198. he DIC will display the vehicle information When UNITS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default in United States All information will be displayed in English units METRIC default in Canada All information will be displayed in metric units Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature REMOTE START If your vehicle has remote start this feature allows remote start to be turned off or on Remote start allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using your Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter When REMOTE START appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled See Remote Vehicle Start under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature LOCK HORN If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s horn to chirp every time the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When LOCK HORN appears on the display press and hold the reset button
199. he child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is properly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint 51 Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that children be secured in a rear seat including an infant or a child riding in a rear facing child restraint a child riding in a forward facing child seat an older child riding in a booster seat and children who are large enough using safety belts A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag CAUTION Continued 52
200. he crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints Child Restraint Systems A CAUTION The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in appropriate child restraints in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 47 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint with A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint the seating surface against the back of the for the child s body with the harness and also infant The harness system holds the infant in sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped place and in acrash acts to keep the infant or shelf like shields positioned in the restraint 48 Q How Should I Use a Child Restraint A A child
201. he method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer 248 Notice Spinning the wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting the transaxle back and forth you can destroy the transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 248 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 334 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around the front wheels Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear or with a manual transaxle between FIRST 1 or SECOND 2 and REVERSE R spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it may nee
202. he rear window defogger on or off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible An indicator light above the button will come on to let you know that the rear window defogger is activated The rear window defogger will turn off about 15 minutes after the button is pressed If turned on again the defogger will only run for about seven minutes before turning off If the vehicle is moving faster than 50 mph 80 km h the rear defogger will stay on The defogger can also be turned off by pressing the button again or by turning off the engine Notice Do not use anything sharp on the inside of the rear window If you do you could cut or damage the warming grid and the repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not attach a temporary vehicle license tape a decal or anything similar to the defogger grid Outlet Adjustment Use the thumbwheels located next to and below the air outlets to change the direction of the airflow and to open and close the outlets Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively Passenger Compartment Air Filter Passenger compartment air both outside air a
203. he shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle on page 121 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 256 or Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 257 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror While sitting in a comfortable driving position adjust the mirror so you can see clearly behind your vehicle Grip the mirror in the center to move it up or down and side to side The control at the bottom of the mirror is the day night feature that allows adjustment to the mirror so that the glare of headlamps from behind is reduced Push the control for daytime use pull it for night use Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar Mirror Operation Your vehicle may have a manual rearview mirror with the OnStar System You can adjust the mirror for day or night driving Press the tab forward for day driving Pull the tab back for night driving There are also three OnStar buttons located at the bottom of the mirror See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar See OnStar System on page 129 for more information about the services OnStar provides Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror housing Outs
204. he sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 330 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load 320 ESS OOOOBSS ay ee 3 9 Q 0 S k2 g a Oe D 9 xal tag OL S1y713N Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat If your vehicle has a compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 350 and lf a Tire Goes Flat on page 335 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT Department of Transportation code is the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carri
205. he use of genuine GM parts Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE OIL SOON message comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 282 for information on the Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system 375 When the CHANGE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often 376 Maintenance I Use Mainten
206. he warning light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on move the shift lever back to a position other than LOW L The warning light should go off The warning light will come on when you set your parking brake with the engine running and it will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than LOW L and the warning light stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means there is a problem with the system e Ifthe traction control system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the warning light will come on If the Enhanced Traction System warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than LOW L your vehicle needs service Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 268 for more information Steering Electric Power Steering If the engine stalls while you are driving the power steering assist system will continue to operate until you are able to stop your vehicle If you lose power steering assist because the electric power steering system is not functioning you can steer but it will take more effort If you turn the steering wheel in either direction several times until it stops or hold the steering wheel in the stopped position for an extended amount o
207. heels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratche
208. here until you complete your lane change The lever will return by itself when you release it 142 As you signal a turn or a lane change if the arrows flash rapidly a signal bulb may be burned out and other drivers will not see your turn signal If a bulb is burned out replace it to help avoid an accident If the arrows do not go on at all when you signal a turn check the fuse See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 362 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam push the turn signal lever away from you When the high beams are on this light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on To change the headlamps from high beam to low beam pull the turn signal lever toward you Flash to Pass This feature lets you use your high beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass To use it pull the turn signal multifunction lever toward you until the high beam headlamps come on then release the lever to turn them off Windshield Wipers Use this lever located on the right side of the steering wheel to operate the windshield wipers Off Move the lever to this position to turn off the windshield wipers W Intermittent Speed Sensitive Wipers Move the lever to this position for intermittent or speed sensitive operation When this position is selected the delay varies depending on the vehicles speed as well as the manually sele
209. hicle may have the XM Satellite Radio antenna that is located on the trunk of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception Section 4 Your Driving the Road and YOUR VEDIC eannan 218 Defensive Driving eessen 218 Drunken Driving cescessrrerrsirrrenrrrrrnnrnn 219 Control of a Vehicle rciris 222 EXAMINING sive EE E E E E exe 222 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 005 223 Braking in Emergencies aceea 225 Enhanced Traction System ETS 226 Steering naien iaeaea depucbedececutasicnesneteae 227 Off Road Recovery ceeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 230 PASSING worihe iuebin ed sevbortaienorieioeresnuetbbenateny 230 Loss of Control serricornis daian 232 Driving at Night vices creditors aennscciion 233 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 234 Driving Your Vehicle City Driving sssnriicnuisn aaia aah 237 Freeway Driving cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 238 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 0 239 Highway Hypnosis ccseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 240 Hill and Mountain Roads n 241 Winter Driving ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 243 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud ICO OF SNOW catie ceca cece eeaeeeaeeeaees 248 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 248 Loading Your Vehicle cessere 249 TOWING sooie innra A 254 Towing Your Vehicle cceeeeeeeee 254 Recreational Vehicle Towing 00 254
210. hicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the engine is running 3 If itis the first remote start since the vehicle has been driven repeat these steps while the engine is running to extend the time by 10 minutes for the engine to continue to run After entering the vehicle after a remote start insert and turn the key to RUN to drive the vehicle The engine will shut off automatically after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done or the vehicle s key is inserted into the ignition switch and turned to RUN 94 To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following The parking lamps will turn off to indicate the engine is off Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and release the remote start button e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch to RUN and then LOCK Your vehicle s engine can be started two times per ignition cycle using the transmitter s remote start feature If the remote start procedure is used again before the first 10 minute time frame has ended the first 10 minutes will immediately expire and the second 10 minute time frame will start The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if any of the follow occur e The remote start system is disabled through the DIC e The vehicle s key is in the ignition e The vehicle s hood is open e The hazard warning flashers are on e The check engine light is on
211. hings you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance GM recommends the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline The 8th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN shows the code letter or number that identifies your vehicle s engine The VIN is at the top left of the instrument panel See Vehicle Identification Number VIN on page 360 270 Gasoline Octane If your vehicle has the 2 2L L4 engine VIN Code F use regular unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher If the octane rating is less than 87 you might notice an audible knocking noise when you drive commonly referred to as spark knock If this occurs use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking the engine needs service If your vehicle has the 2 4L L4 engine VIN Code B use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You can also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration could be slightly reduced
212. how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer Manual Transaxle on page 256 or Towing a Trailer Automatic Transaxle on page 257 for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips Example 1 Vehicle Sey Weight ea for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 300 Ibs 136 kg 68 kg x 2 Example 2 Item Description _ Toti Vehicle Capacity Weight I Ae for Example 2 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 150 lbs 750 Ibs 340 kg 68 kg x 5 Available Occupant and Pe Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg Available Cargo 251 Example 3 Item Description ___ Totali Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 200 Ibs 91 kg x5 Available Cargo Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 252 Certification Label GM MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP m DATE GWR GAWRFRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL igL Na OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE D FM WN ABOVE 2007 ASS CAR A A vehic
213. ht hitch Here are some rules to follow e The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you do not seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 125 Dirt and water can also enter the vehicle Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer 260 or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturer s recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Does your trailer have its own brakes Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to install adjust and maintain them properly Do not try to tap into your vehicle s brake system If you do both brake systems will not work well or at all Dri
214. hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 331 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving
215. icle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits 409 Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer retailer or General Motors 410 To contact NHTSA you may
216. ide Convex Mirror ccccceceeeeee ees 128 Outside Power Mirrors ccecce 128 Outside Remote Control Mirror 127 MIPS Son n eocutanacecaacs A ees ss 206 MY GMLINK COM sanansa tiada iain 397 New Vehicle Break In 0 sceeeeeeeeeeeees 108 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 387 O ao e E E 161 Off Road Recovery esssessesesessserssserrerees 230 Oil ENGINE serorari eron E OE A 279 Pressure Light secorersoosiiiuin 173 Oil Engine Oil Life System 0 ee 282 Older Children Restraints cccccceseeee ees 41 Online Owner Center ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 397 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 129 Other Warning Devices cceeeeee seen 140 Outlet Adjustment nonini 157 Outlets Accessory POWER ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 152 Outside Convex MINOT ssnisivecsrnssseecinerassenivedaazennvesss 128 Power Mirrors cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 128 Remote Control Mirror cccccceeeeeeeeees 127 Owner Checks and Services cc cee 380 Owners Canadian cccccccececceeece ceca sean eeaees 3 Paint DAMAGE misaine aaa 357 Park P SHING IMO siaren anhuni aeaii 121 Shifting QUT Of scien Ghee ia 123 Parking Brake sepisuosinakaos aeia 120 Over Things That Burn eesse 124 Parking Your Vehicle cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeees 124 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 164 Passenger Compart
217. ide Remote Control Mirror Adjust the driver s outside mirror with the control lever located on the driver s door Adjust the outside mirrors so that the side of the vehicle can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position To adjust the passenger s outside mirror sit in the driver s seat and have a passenger adjust the mirror for you The mirror is a manual fold design 127 Outside Power Mirrors The controls for the outside power mirrors A are located on the e S driver s door armrest Q Move the selector switch located below the four way control pad to the left or right to choose either the driver s side or passenger s side mirror To adjust a mirror use the arrows located on the four way control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction The mirror will only move right or left up or down Adjust each outside mirror so that a little of the vehicle and the area behind it can be seen while sitting in a comfortable driving position Keep the selector switch in the center position when not adjusting either outside mirror 128 Both mirrors can manually be folded by pulling them toward the vehicle This feature may be useful when going through a car wash or a confined space Push the mirrors away from the vehicle to the normal position before driving Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cu
218. ilering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat Also the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements 257 If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If you do here are some important points 258 There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no
219. ill get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They may not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply the brake pedal lightly until the brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplaning Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you a
220. important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips Hill and Mountain Roads e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e If you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrai
221. in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not Known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure related to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends th
222. in this manual 50 To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against t
223. injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Seat Passengers on page 34 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip and then slide the guide onto the clip Turn the guide and clip inward and slide them in between the seatback and the interior body leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed 39 Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 83 40 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you shou
224. intended to deploy on the side of the vehicle that is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For roof mounted side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is in a crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules inside the steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the right front passenger For vehicles with roof mounted side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side windows 73 How Does an Airbag Restrain In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradual
225. inued CAUTION Continued young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 45 Q A 46 What are the different types of add on child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so t
226. ipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e Is your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you will want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 239 Dinghy Towing You may dinghy tow your vehicle from the front following these steps 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition key to ACC to unlock the steering wheel 3 Shift an automatic transaxle to NEUTRAL N or a manual transaxle to NEUTRAL 4 Release the parking brake To prevent the battery from draining while the vehicle is being towed remove the following fuse from the floor console fuse block 8 Ignition Switch PASS Key Ill See Floor Console Fuse Block on page 362 for more information Remember to reinstall the fuse once you have reached your destination Notice lf you exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your vehicle it could be damaged Never exceed 65 mph 105 km h while towing your vehicle 255 Notice Towing your vehicle from the rear could damage it Also repairs would not be covered by the warranty Never have your vehicle towed from the rear 256 Dolly Towing Your vehicle cannot be dolly towed but can be dinghy towed See Dinghy Towing earlier in this section Notice Dolly towing your vehicle may cause damage because of reduced ground clearanc
227. is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs see Replacement Bulbs on page 317 For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section contact your dealer Halogen Bulbs A CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb You or others could be injured Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package 311 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps A Front Turn Signal Parking Lamp B Sidemarker C Headlamp 312 To replace one of these bulbs do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 277 for more information 2 Remove the two hex bolts from the headlamp assembly 3 Remove the two plastic fasteners from the fascia Pull the front fascia back You may need someone else to assist you with Steps 3 and 4 Pull the headlamp assembly up on an angle and towards the radiator to remove it Disconnect the bulb base from the wiring harness by lifting the plastic locking tab To replace a headlamp bulb do the following 7 1 Disconnect the wiring harness from the bulb socket 7 2 Remove the black retainer by turning it counterclockwise
228. is coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 289 286 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Give freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s cool
229. ise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on the left side of the pe f ss steering wheel 145 On Off Press this button to turn the cruise control system on and off RES Resume Press this button to resume a set speed and to accelerate the speed SET Set Press this button to set a speed and to decrease the speed To set a speed do the following 1 Press the on off button to turn cruise control on The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Get to the speed you want 3 Press the SET part of the control button and release it The CRUISE ENGAGED message will appear on the Driver Information Center DIC to show the system is engaged 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal If the vehicle is in cruise control and the Traction Control System TCS begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 When road conditions allow the cruise control can be used again 146 Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set the cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This of course disengages the cruise control To return to the previously set speed you do not need to go through the set process again Once you are going about 25 mph 40 km h or more you can press the RES part of the button briefly This will take you back up to your previo
230. ity the driver must present personal identification before lock out service is provided In Canada the vehicle registration is also required Lock out service is covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entry into your vehicle A remote unlock may be available if you have an active OnStar subscription Emergency Tow From a Public Roadway or Highway Tow to the nearest dealership retailer for warranty service or in the event of a vehicle disabling accident Winch out assistance when the vehicle is mired in sand mud or snow Flat Tire Change Installation of a spare tire in good condition when equipped and properly inflated is covered at no charge The customer is responsible for the repair or replacement of the tire if not covered by a warrantable failure Jump Start No start occurrences which require a battery jump start is covered at no charge e Trip Routing Service Canada only Upon request Roadside Assistance can send you detailed computer personalized maps highlighting your choice of either the most direct route or the most scenic route to your destination anywhere in North America along with helpful travel information pertaining to your trip We will make every attempt to send your personalized trip routing as quickly as possible but it s best to allow three weeks before your planned departure date Trip routing requests will be limited to six per calendar year Trip Interruption Benefits and
231. iving accordingly KEY FOB BATT Battery LOW This message displays if the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter battery is low Replace the battery in the transmitter See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 LOW FUEL This message displays when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible See Fuel Gage on page 175 Fuel on page 270 and Filling the Tank on page 274 for more information LOW TRACTION If your vehicle has the Enhanced Traction System ETS this message displays when the system is actively limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if this message displays so adjust your driving accordingly See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 for more information PARKING BRAKE This message displays if the parking brake is left engaged See Parking Brake on page 120 for more information POWER STEERING This message displays if a problem has been detected with the electric power steering Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately TRUNK AJAR This message displays when the trunk lid is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk lid is closed completely See Trunk on page 99 DIC Vehicle Personalization Your vehicle has personalization capabilities that
232. ize than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer serious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician 330 See Buying New Tires on page 328 and Accessories and Modifications on page 268 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading U
233. kin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks 305 6 Connect the red positive cable to the positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal of the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal of the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on th
234. l regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel The remote start feature provides two separate starts per ignition cycle each with 10 minutes of engine running time After your vehicle s engine has been started two times using the remote vehicle start button the vehicle s ignition switch must be turned to RUN and then back to LOCK using the key before the remote start procedure can be used again See Ignition Positions on page 108 for information regarding the ignition positions on your vehicle You can start your vehicle s engine from about 197 feet 60 m away However the range may be less while the vehicle is running and as a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 88 for additional information 93 Q Remote Start If your vehicle has the remote start feature the RKE transmitter will have a button with this symbol on it To start the vehicle using the remote start feature do the following 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitters remote start button until the vehicle s turn signal lamps flash When the ve
235. l be continually updated each time you drive AV Average SPEED Press the information button until AV SPEED is displayed This mode shows the vehicle s average speed in miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h Press and hold the reset button while AV SPEED is displayed to reset the average vehicle speed 178 OIL LIFE Press the information button until OIL LIFE is displayed The engine oil life system shows an estimate of the oils remaining useful life It will show 100 when the system is reset after an oil change It will alert you to change your oil on a schedule consistent with your driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Engine Oil on page 279 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 Always reset the engine oil life system after an oil change See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System under Engine Oil Life System on page 282 COOLANT Press the information button until COOLANT is displayed This mode shows the temperature of the engine coolant in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems A message will clear when the vehicle s condition is no longer present To acknowledge a message and clear it from the display press and hold
236. l cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 179 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzle Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer retailer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 275 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others Dispense gasoline only into approved containers Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete Do not smoke while pumping gasoline Do not use a cellular phone while pumping gasoline 276 An electric fan under the hood can start up
237. l function with the keys in the Sedan Shown Coupe ignition and they could be seriously Similar injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave keys in a In addition each passenger s door has a window vehicle with children switch that controls that door s window Press i the front of the switch to open the window Pull the CAUTION Continued front of the switch up to close it 102 Express Down Window The driver s window switch has an express down feature which allows the window to be lowered fully without continuously pressing the switch This switch is labeled AUTO Press the front of the switch to the first position and the driver s window will open a small amount Press the switch down fully and release The window goes all the way down To stop the window while it is lowering pull the front of the switch up Window Lockout Sedan fa Window Lockout The driver s window controls also include a lockout switch Press the right side of the switch to prevent the rear passengers from using their window switches The driver can still control all the windows with the lockout on Press the switch to the left to return to normal window operation A red bar on the right side of the switch indicates that the lockout feature is off Sun Visors To block out glare swing down the visor s The visors can also be detached from the center mount and swung to the side to cover the windows
238. l other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts 44 Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for CAUTION Cont
239. lant surge tank but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 286 for more information 293 If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap 294 A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture 2 Then keep turning the pressure A CAUTION Elo cap slowly and
240. ld use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer retailer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it and use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender Child Restraints Older Children Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash A According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly 41 A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are
241. le specific Certification label found on the rear edge of the driver s door tells you the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle And if you do have a heavy load you should spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash they will keep going In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of
242. led may inflate 164 A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys If after several seconds all status indicator lights s remain on or if there are no lights at all there A CAUTION may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some
243. lly is Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn If you are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right 231 Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal 232 If you have the Enhanced Traction System ETS
244. ly 24 Driver POSION civic suechenicstoendevnetiessdeand aes 25 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment 32 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 33 Right Front Passenger Position 33 Rear Seat Passengers ceeeeeeeee areas 34 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 37 Seats and Restraint Systems Safety Belt Pretensioners aaee 40 Safety Belt Extender 40 Child Restraints 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 41 Older Children c ccecscccciecccacesecsscessssencesaaaeese 41 Infants and Young Children 44 Child Restraint Systems eeeeeeeeeeeeees 47 Where to Put the Restraint 0 ee 52 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 53 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position sitsvedssavdenersarssestdaaateaessadiaeeers 60 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position iss nsirsdniiaisienicssiana 62 Airbag System crensian 66 Where Are the Airbags seeeeeees 69 When Should an Airbag Inflate 72 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 0 0 73 How Does an Airbag Restrain 00 74 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates cceeeeeeeesseseeeeeeeeeees 74 Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Passenger Sensing System 0 c c sseeees 76 Restraint System Check e 82 Servicing Your
245. ly But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions rollovers and rear impacts Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with side impact airbags 74 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After a frontal airbag inflates it quickly deflates so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbag inflated Roof mounted side impact airbags may still be at least partially inflated minutes after the vehicle comes to rest Some components of the airbag module the steering wheel hub for the driver s airbag the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag or the garnish trim and ceiling of your vehicle near the side windows for vehicles with roof mounted side impact airbags may be hot for a short time The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not pre
246. mage to the other vehicle If possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer retailer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM veh
247. mation e Vehicle Identification Number VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the vehicle Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 80 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring is protected by fuses Should your headlamps fail to function have your headlamp system checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit breaker and a fuse If the motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice the wiper will stop until the motor cools If the overload is caused by some electrical problem have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Fuses in the fuse block protect the power windows When the current load is too heavy the fuse opens protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed 361 Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected f
248. mation regarding this light see Theft Deterrent Systems on page 103 Fog Lamp Light Your vehicle may have a fog lamps light It will come on when the z fog lamps are in use The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 150 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on when the high beam headlamps are in use See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 142 for more information Fuel Gage Your fuel gage tells you about how much fuel you have left Here are four things that some owners ask about None of these show a problem with your fuel gage e Atthe service station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e lt takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank The gage moves a little when you turn a corner or speed up e The gage doesn t go back to empty when you turn off the ignition For your fuel tank capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 368 175 Driver Information Center DIC Your vehicle has a Driver Information Center DIC The DIC display gives you the status of many of your vehicle s systems The DIC is also used to display driver personalization menu modes and warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display l
249. ment Air Filter 157 Passenger Sensing System c eeeeeee 76 PASSING aeon e ssa E Maateteeds 230 PASS Key I siescuseudsnercuscanseupleamnatcossstestnden 105 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceeeeeees 106 Power DOOR LOCKS nere a A 97 Electrical SySteM Asc iiissensanoneasnis 361 Retained Accessory RAP nessssseccs 111 WINGOWS serari as theideoveees iaa aana 102 Pretensioners Safety Belt eeeeeeeee 40 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 98 421 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Radios Care of Your CD Player Care of Your CDs Radio with CD Setting the Time Theft Deterrent Understanding Reception Rear Door Security Locks Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts Rearview Mirror with OnStar Rearview Mirrors Reclining Seatbacks Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Recreational Vehicle Towing Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Nera ares 422 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Replacement Bulbs Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government General Motors United States Government Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Retained Accessory Power RAP Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts Roadside Assistance Program Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out R
250. mmended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 At Each Fuel Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 279 for further details Notice It is important to check the engine oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep the engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to the engine not covered by your warranty Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 286 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 325 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 336 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 326 381 At Least Once a Year Starter Switch Check A CAUTION When you are doing
251. more than 55 mph 90 km h to Save wear on your vehicle s parts Do not tow when the outside air temperature is above 100 F 38 C e Do not tow more than 1 000 miles 1 600 km per year Three important considerations have to do with weight e The weight of the trailer e The weight of the trailer tongue e The total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 450 kg But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice Also see Customer Assistance Offices on page 398 for more information Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weigh
252. mrest in order to access the parking brake lever 120 To set the parking brake hold the brake pedal down and pull up on the parking brake lever If the ignition is on the brake system warning light will come on See Brake System Warning Light on page 167 To release the parking brake hold the brake pedal down Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the release button Hold the release button in as you move the brake lever all the way down If you forget to release your parking brake a chime will sound and the PARKING BRAKE message will appear along with the brake system warning light when the parking brake is applied and the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 179 Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer Manual Tr
253. n 241 If you drive regularly in steep country or if you are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down the brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope 242 A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous The brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have the engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle and you can climb the hill better e Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane Winter Driving roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road Drive at speeds tha
254. n rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn 355 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels and Trim Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if you do not wash your vehicle after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium calcium or sodium chloride These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust This damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Always wash your vehicle s chrome with soap and water after exposure Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels 356 The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum w
255. n the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds A Accessories and Modifications 00 268 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle o an 81 Additives Fuel cccccceecceseceeeeeeeseeeeaes 272 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 361 Air Cleaner Filter Engine cceeeeees 284 Ait Conditioning ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 154 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator eee 164 Readiness Light c sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 163 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 405 Al AG Syste Mis srno crasveasaenetnweeelsaradeees 66 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates 20 2 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 74 When Should an Airbag Inflate 72 Where Are the Airbags ceecee 69 Airbag Systems Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle ee 81 How Does an Airbag Restrain 04 74 Passenger Sensing System neeese 76 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 80 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 0 73 Antenna Fixed Mast cccccc
256. n front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes but unless you have anti lock brakes not enough to lock your wheels See Braking on page 222 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly 229 Off Road Recovery You may find that your vehicle s right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn
257. n guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Manual Seats on page 9 If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 63 There is no top tether anchor at the right front seating position Do not secure a child restraint in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 if your child restraint has a top tether You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System
258. n lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling 301 Vehicle Storage Jump Starting If you are not going to drive your vehicle for If your vehicle s battery has run down you may 25 days or more remove the black negative want to use another vehicle and some jumper cable from the battery This will help keep cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use your battery from running down the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because They contain acid that can burn you They contain gas that can explode or ignite They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 302 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt 302 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles c
259. n to make sure it has locked into position Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 25 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the driver s safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature which may turn off the passenger s frontal airbag If this happens just let the belt go back all the way and start again 33 Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
260. n to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the passenger s airbag A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the airbag s See Airbag Readiness Light on page 163 for more on this including important safety information Aftermarket equipment such as seat covers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system 79 See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 81 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced
261. nation e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never drive after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinker s body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol 219 According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC
262. nd recirculated air is routed through a passenger compartment filter The filter removes certain particles from the air including pollen and dust particles Reductions in airflow which may occur more quickly in dusty areas indicate that the filter needs to be replaced early The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance See Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 for replacement intervals See your dealer for details on changing the filter To find out what type of filter to use see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 387 To access the passenger compartment air filter you must go through the glove box 1 Open the glove box and remove all articles from the inside 2 Tilt the glove box door down by squeezing on each side of the glove box until the door can be lowered from its track Lower the glove box door 157 158 Open the passenger compartment air filter door by reaching through the opening in the back of the glove box and raising the tab until the door can be opened downward 4 Remove the filter by sliding it out of the housing When installing a new air filter make sure the AIR FLOW arrow is pointing downward Reverse Steps 1 through 5 making sure the glove box door snaps back into place Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages on your vehicle The pictures help to locate them Warning lights and gages can signal
263. nd then pull on the end of the wheel wrench to extend the handle 341 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1 If your vehicle has plastic wheel covers use the wheel wrench to loosen the plastic wheel nut caps Once you have loosened the plastic wheel nut caps with the wheel wrench you can finish loosening them with your fingers The plastic nut caps do not come off 342 2 Using the flat end of the wheel wrench pry along the edge of the wheel cover until it comes off Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts Do not remove them yet It is recommended that you do a safety check before preceding See Changing a Flat Tire on page 336 for more information Notice Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty 5 Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire The front location is about 8 inches 20 cm behind the front wheel opening The rear location is about 4 inches 10 cm in front of the rear wheel opening 6 Raise the jack head until it fits firmly in the vehicle s frame where the notch is located nearest the flat tire 7 Put the compact spare tire near the flat tire A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle wh
264. nd you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash 36 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outboard passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip 37 2 Slide the guide under and past the belt The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 38 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously
265. nd your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The ETS warning light may come on for the following reasons e If you turn the system off by moving the shift lever to LOW L the warning light will come on and stay on To turn the system back on move the shift lever back to a position other than LOW L The warning light should go off See Enhanced Traction System ETS on page 226 for more information The warning light will come on when you set your parking brake with the engine running and it will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than LOW L and the warning light stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means there is a problem with the system e Ifthe traction control system is affected by an engine related problem the system will turn off and the warning light will come on If the ETS warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the transaxle shift lever is in any position other than LOW L your vehicle needs service Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine has overheated If this happens you should pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 289 for more information Notice Driving wi
266. new blade by reversing Steps 1 and 2 317 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle CAUTION Continued Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause serious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure Tire pressure should be checked when your vehicle s tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 325 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire s tread is badly worn or if your vehicle s tires have been damaged replace them A CAUTION Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your vehicle s tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 CAUTION Continued 318 Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall The examples below show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall EG 4109 MS
267. nformation contact XM In the U S at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 or in Canada at www xmradio ca or call 1 877 GET XMSR 438 9677 Playing the Radio cb Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV The radio has Speed Compensated Volume SCV While SCV is on the radio volume automatically adjusts to compensate for road and wind noise as your speed changes while driving That way the volume level should sound about the same as you drive To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM automatic volume label on the radio display 197 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med medium or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The selection displays J Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either S
268. ng INFOrmation sieaas sna 411 D Daytime Running Lamps seses 149 Defensive Driving cceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaneeeees 218 Delayed Locking ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 97 DISC MRS marenia ste cete settee Aaseeetee 206 Doing Your Own Service Work aeeie 269 416 Dom LAMP essere ceesieveceetesedsesteonidatsaven 150 Door Automatic Door LOCK esson 98 Delayed LOCKING ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 97 LOCKS Penitisiar annanko AENEA 96 Power Door LOcKS c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 97 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 98 Rear Door Security Locks eseese 98 Driver Position Safety Belt cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 25 Seat Height Adjuster 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 Driver Information Center DIC 5 176 DIC Operation and Displays 05 176 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0 181 DIC Warnings and Messages 0 05 179 Drivers Storage Compartment 05 133 Driving At Nighi sssiccasedcececarccesecdaddduenedaddaneeanadesencee 233 O A ehh sat E E A E 237 Defensive ccceeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 218 DrUNKEM o desvsicene tis sseae sen yeetessaasesdecnig eres aAa 219 FIG QWAY wv e deccescdedeeecee texeeeas coun tanec neneene 238 Hill and Mountain Roads 0ee 241 In Rain and on Wet Roads 0068 234 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 248 WHIRLED sesuci aai e a a aaa a i
269. ng distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it 239 Here are some things you can check before a trip 240 Windshield Washer Fluid s the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside Wiper Blades Are they in good shape Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean Tires They are vitally
270. nsaxle the ignition key should come out only in LOCK 1 Before you start be sure you have enough Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right room around the vehicle It should be parked It should only lock when turned to the right on a level surface Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking required Brake on page 120 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service 383 Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move 384 Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking br
271. nseveecasecad 97 Programmable Automatic Door Unlock 98 Rear Door Security Locks eseese 98 LOSS Of CONTON rrura neat ciate 232 Lumbar Manual Controls 0 ccccccceceecceeee ee eee esas 10 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 5 378 At Each Fuel Fill eain 381 At Least Once a Month ocene 381 At Least Once a Year cercen 382 INTFOQUCUON wisi citesiie iiceeSeciicidsdoceint 372 Maintenance Footnotes ccccseeeeeeees 379 Maintenance Record eccerre 389 420 Maintenance Schedule cont Maintenance Requirements 00 372 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 387 Owner Checks and Services 0 06 380 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 385 Scheduled Maintenance cccccseee ees 375 DE a catch AE E E E TE ET ars 373 Your Vehicle and the Environment 373 Malfunction Indicator Light eeeeeeee 170 Manual Lumbar Controls cc ccccceeeeeeee sees 10 Manual Seats ccccceccce cece es cece ee eeeeeeneeeeea sees 9 Manual Transaxle it 0 0 leper A ry orn Snr ee EEA oan oP a a OP ea 285 Operaatio M cs ssc caysete cee Meteceat sted seantned aian 117 Manual Windows c ccccceceeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeees 101 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0 05 179 Mirror Reading Lamps ssec 151 Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror c cccee 127 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 127 Outs
272. nt stops are very important to allow the engine and transaxle to cool Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you do not shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well Pay attention to the engine coolant gage If the indicator is in the red area turn off the air conditioning to reduce engine load See Engine Overheating on page 289 When towing under severe conditions such as hot ambient temperatures or steep grades your vehicle may experience more transaxle shifting A COOLING MODE ON message may also appear in the DIC This alerts the driver that the shifting mode is in progress and is aiding engine cooling See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 179 DIC Warnings and Messages for more information Parking on Hills 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load A CAUTION 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then apply your parking brake and then shift into PARK P You really should not park your vehicle for an automatic transaxle or REVERSE R with a trailer attached on a hill If for a manual transaxle something goes wrong your rig could 5 Release the regular brakes start to move People can be injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal
273. ntains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 325 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light dut
274. ntenance Notice lf you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the roof mounted side impact airbag covering if equipped on the garnish trim and ceiling near the side windows the airbag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag or the side impact airbag module garnish trim and the ceiling covering for roof mounted side impact airbags if equipped Do not open or break the airbag coverings Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat
275. nty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You can contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program 395 STEP THREE Canadian Owners In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge Mediation Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbi
276. nual Rearview Mirror nosssescsesccesen 127 Glove BOX Sasna aatia daia Naia 133 Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar 127 Cupholder s cica 2icicctnedi a aas 133 Outside Remote Control Mirror 127 Center Console Storage Area 08 133 Outside Power Mirrors aeee 128 Drivers Storage Compartment 0 133 Outside Convex Mirror nsss 128 Convenience Net i 133 OnStar System o aoaiiaeeeeaeioiniieieieiaaen 129 Sunroof rsccencecspcteet on ecsrens emits 134 86 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons children or others could be badly injured or even killed They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The windows will function with the keys in the ignition and they could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children 87 One key is used for the ignition the doors and all other locks When a new vehicle is delivered the dealer removes the key tag from the key and gives it to the first owner Each tag has a code on it that tells your dealer or a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys Keep the tag in a safe place If you lose your key you will be able to have a new one made easily using the tag 88 If you need a new key contact your dealer who can obtain the correct key code See Roadside Assistanc
277. ny error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer while reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 218 for more information on driver distraction 195 To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the car speakers cb Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You might need to make additional volume adjustments from the portable device BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or turn it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press thi
278. o always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time 110 Column Lock Release For vehicles with an automatic transaxle the following procedure allows the ignition to be turned to LOCK and ignition key removal in case of a dead battery or low voltage battery 1 Make sure the shift lever is in PARK P 2 Remove the cover from the bottom of the steering column 3 Locate the plunger 4 Press and hold the plunger toward the driver s door while turning the ignition key to LOCK Remove the key Have your vehicle serviced at your GM dealer as soon as possible Retained Accessory Power RAP Your vehicle has a Retained Accessory Power RAP feature which allow s the radio power windows and sunroof to continue to work up to 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off Your vehicle s radio will work when the ignition key is in RUN or ACC Once the key is turned from RUN to LOCK the radio will continue to work for 10 minutes or until the driver s door is opened Also the power windows and sunroof will continue to work for up to 10 minutes or until any door is opened 111 Starting the Engine Place the transaxle in the proper gear Automatic Transaxle Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not s
279. o carry 325 When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information regarding the compact spare tire see Compact Spare Tire on page 350 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount 326 If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check
280. ocated at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster a En ae The DIC buttons are located on the left side of the steering wheel 176 EK Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information mode displays lt Reset Press this button to reset some vehicle information mode displays select a personalization menu mode setting or acknowledge a warning message Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second then release the buttons to enter the personalization menu See DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 for more information DIC Operation and Displays The DIC comes on when the ignition is on The DIC has different modes which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons The button functions are detailed in the following Information Modes EK Information Press this button to scroll through the following vehicle information modes Outside Air Temperature and Odometer Press the information button until the outside air temperature and the odometer are displayed This mode shows the temperature outside of the vehicle in either degrees Fahrenheit F or degrees Celsius C and the total distance the vehicle has been driven in either miles mi or kilometers km The outside air temperature will appear on the left side of the DIC display and the odometer will appear on the right side of the display To change the DIC display to English
281. ocated on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel Turn the knob clockwise to brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them Dome Lamp Your vehicle may have a dome lamp Off Move the lever to this position to turn the lamp off even when a door is opened Door Move the lever to this position to turn the lamp on whenever a door is opened x On Move the lever to this position to turn the dome lamp on Entry Exit Lighting The lamps inside your vehicle will go on when you open any door These lamps will fade out after about 20 seconds after all of the doors have been closed or when the ignition is turned to RUN These lamps will also go on when you press the trunk release unlock symbol button or the horn symbol on the keyless entry system transmitter The lamps inside your vehicle will stay on for about 20 seconds after your key is removed from the ignition to provide an illuminated exit Mirror Reading Lamps Your vehicle may have reading lamps on the rearview mirror Push the button to turn the reading lamps on and off Electric Power Management This vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM an advanced control system It estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge and then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in
282. ogrammable Automatic Door Unlock 98 Rear Door Security Locks Sedan 98 Lockout Protection cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 99 TUNK eaei ene EAE A Ee AE EE AEEA antes 99 WINQGOWS ocna arase a t 101 Manual Windows ccccccseeseeeseeaeeeeaeees 101 Power WIndows c ccccceee cee eeeeeeeesaeeeeeees 102 SUN VISOIS oo cce eee cec cece eee ee ees eeeaeeaeeueeaeeaes 103 Theft Deterrent Systems 0 103 Content Theft Deterrent c cece 104 PASS Key I iieii 105 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccceeeee 106 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle 108 New Vehicle Break In eeceseeeeeeeeeeeees 108 IQNItiOn POSITIONS ii istiiciecniterenssneet tennessee 108 Retained Accessory Power RAP 111 Starting the Engine ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 112 Engine Coolant Heater c ccceeeeeeeeees 113 Automatic Transaxle Operation 0 114 Manual Transaxle Operation 2 117 Parking Brake si ccctiictectdessiiunel estsnies eahioneiensd 120 Shifting Into Park P Automatic Transaxle eee 121 Shifting Out of Park P Automatic Transaxle ceee 123 Parking Your Vehicle Manual Transaxle aec 124 Parking Over Things That Burn 124 Engine Exhaust soeren 125 Running the Engine While Parked 126 85 Section 2 Features and Controls MUONS cerato en A 127 Storage Areas eee 133 Ma
283. oils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For solid dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to
284. olders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback e Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions may not work e Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of files folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display and might not fully display e Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Change playlists by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons An MP3 CD R that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum are not accessible Root Directory The root directory of the CD R is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root
285. om it Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when your engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty 290 If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An engine coolant temperature warning can indicate a serious problem See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 169 If you get an engine coolant temperature warning but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If you get the engine coolant temperature warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 If you have an air conditioner and it is on turn it off 2 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N for automatic transaxle or NEUTRAL for manual transaxle while stopped If it is safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 3 Turn on your heater to full hot at the high
286. on 162 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light If your vehicle has this feature several seconds after the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 76 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more This light and chime reminder will be repeated if the passenger remains 2 unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the passenger s safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensor the airbag modules the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 66 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have you
287. on ora local recycling center for help 283 Engine Air Cleaner Filter Qs Dr yy K OS KO DD See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter 284 When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 85 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 375 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required Never use compressed air to clean the filter To inspect or replace the filter remove the screws that hold the cover on and lift off the cover Be sure to reinstall the cover tightly A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice lf the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt
288. on page 76 We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Manual Seats on page 9 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit 64 when you turn the ignition to RUN or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 164 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 3 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set
289. one this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection Oil Pressure Light If you have a low engine oil pressure problem this light will stay on after you start your engine or come on when you are driving This indicates that your engine is not receiving enough oil The engine could be low on oil or could have some other oil problem Have it fixed immediately The oil light could also come on in three other situations e When the ignition is on but the engine is not running the light will come on as a test to show you it is working but the light will go out when you turn the ignition to START If it does not come on with the ignition on you may have a problem with the fuse or bulb Have it fixed right away 173 e If you are idling at a stop sign the light may blink on and then off e If you make a hard stop the light may come on for a moment This is normal A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil 174 Security Light For infor
290. or metric units see UNITS under DIC Vehicle Personalization on page 181 TRIP A or TRIP B Press the information button until TRIP A or TRIP B is displayed These modes show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed FUEL RANGE Press the information button until FUEL RANGE is displayed This mode shows the remaining distance you can drive without refueling in either miles mi or kilometers km It is based on fuel economy and the fuel remaining in the tank When the fuel level is low FUEL RANGE LOW will display The fuel economy data used to determine fuel range is an average of recent driving conditions As your driving conditions change this data is gradually updated The FUEL RANGE mode cannot be reset 177 ECON Economy Press the information button until ECON is displayed This mode shows how many miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km your vehicle is getting based on current and past driving conditions Press and hold the reset button while ECON is displayed to reset the average fuel economy Average fuel economy will then be calculated starting from that point If the average fuel economy is not reset it wil
291. or s will unlock when the key is turned off SHIFT TO P Park default The door s will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P See Programmable Automatic Door Unlock on page 98 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 185 EXT Exterior LIGHTS If your vehicle has Remote Keyless Entry RKE this feature which allows the vehicle s exterior perimeter lighting to turn on each time the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed can be enabled or disabled When EXT LIGHTS appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior perimeter lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed ON default The exterior perimeter lighting will turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature 186 LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC will display When LANGUAGE appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ENGLISH default The DIC will display all information in English
292. ore than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position 200 To quickly adjust all speaker and tone controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations while the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency is displayed Press the CAT button to display the category labels on the radio display Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays 2 Press either of the two buttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the tune knob press the buttons below the right or left arrows displayed or press the right or left SEEK buttons to go to the next or previous XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the tune knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the R
293. osition 65 Warning 269 Doing Your Own Work cceeeeeeee eee 269 Engine Soon Light seeeeeeeeeeeeee 170 Publications Ordering Information 411 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 80 Sheet Metal Damage ssseeeeeeeeeeee ees 357 Shifting Into Park P sestniidciecteceiuieesn 121 Shifting Out of Park P cceeeeeeeeeee seen 123 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 0 000 32 Signals Turn and Lane Change 05 142 Spare Tire COMPACT seiniin a a 350 Mstaling oc denctisvenes sceveterdevesd day aa 342 REMOVING siccetsviezescdesirioccb aiden cetera see 337 SONDO sodriai o ra r eaea 347 Specifications Capacities cceeeeee 368 423 Speedometer ccc dvinstie divides 161 Split Folding Rear Seat 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Starting Your Engine ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 112 SISSKING seraano aa a E ERS 227 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 214 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel c eee 141 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area 0 133 Convenience Net ccccceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeees 133 GUPNOIGSK S ssi veeecrscecwwnssazetendnacened casera 133 Driver s Storage Compartment 5 133 GIOVE BOX sessar r 133 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 248 SUM VISOS sciveccssisivaccensctedcessivgccacaivaccsayetesce 103 SUMOOL sosirea ciae AE 134 T
294. ou need a new tire if any of the following statements are true e You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire e You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric 328 e The tire has a bump bulge or split e The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling traction control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number is followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on
295. outing Engine Drive Belt Running the Engine While Parked S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light Pretensioners Reminder Light Safety Belts Gare OF enean 353 Driver POSION ssrssiansna sanasida 25 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 24 Questions and Answers About Safety B l vincessi niacin annaa 23 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 37 Rear Seat Passengers i e 34 Right Front Passenger Position 33 Safety Belt Extender eeen 40 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 33 Safety Belts Are for Everyone eese 19 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 0 32 Safety Warnings and Symbols 000000e 4 Scheduled Maintenance a se 375 Seats Driver Seat Height Adjuster 0 0 10 Easy Entry Seat 0 ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 16 Head Restraints cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 15 Heated Seat prissioni 11 Manual Fesses tee ian fart as a Eaei 9 Manual LU MD at etisccstecnnadctintenacceundadarecns 10 Reclining Seatbacks ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 Split Folding Rear Seat 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Securing a Child Restraint Rear Seat Position aaee nenene 60 Right Front Seat Position 0 0 00 62 Security Light sssini a 174 SOMVICG E taus EE seaedarei eecasstainevakexders 268 Accessories and Modifications 268 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle crecionscociacioriinaner 270 California Prop
296. owed position before folding a rear seat 2 Once the handle is pulled the seatback can be pushed open through the trunk or pulled down from the inside of the vehicle To raise the rear seatback lift it up and push rearward until you hear a click Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is locked into place 18 A CAUTION If the seatback is not locked it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash That could cause injury to the person sitting there Always pull forward on the top of the seatback at the area of the latch to be sure it is locked A CAUTION A safety belt that is improperly routed not properly attached or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured After raising the rear seatback always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached and are not twisted Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAUTION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fas
297. owing e Press the remote keyless entry transmitter unlock button e Turn the ignition on If the system is armed and the trunk is opened using the trunk release button on the transmitter the system will temporarily disarm itself and re arm when the trunk has been closed This allows you to exit the vehicle lock the doors using the transmitter and open the trunk using the transmitter without having to disarm and re arm the system Once the system is disarmed the security light will stop flashing How the System Alarm is Activated If the system is armed it can be activated by either e Opening the driver s door or trunk This will cause a ten second pre alarm chirp followed by a thirty second full alarm of horn and lights e Opening any other door This will immediately cause a full alarm of horn and lights for thirty seconds When an alarm event has finished the system will re arm itself automatically How to Turn Off the System Alarm To turn off the system alarm do one of the following e Press the lock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter The system will then re arm itself e Press the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter This will also disarm the system Insert the key in the ignition and turn it on This will also disarm the system How to Detect a Tamper Condition If you hear three chirps when you press the unlock lock or trunk release buttons on the remote keyles
298. page 319 for additional information A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels It is all right to drive with your compact spare temporarily as it was developed for use on your vehicle See Compact Spare Tire on page 350 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with those that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 for more information about the Tire and Loading Information label and its location on your vehicle 329 Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different s
299. parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Then the new retractor assembly will be there to help protect you in a Collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 163 83 42 NOTES 84 Section 2 Features and Controls KOS soon n A 87 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 88 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Opera ASren arreire IERE ESES 90 Doors and Locks aaa 96 D or LOCKS e cicccetenesidesdescesendesnateesddesteedeoness 96 Power Door LOCKS c cccececeeceeeeeeeeeee en eees 97 Delayed LOCKING ceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 97 Automatic Door LOCK ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 98 Pr
300. path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear 71 When Should an Airbag Inflate The drivers and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely on what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down In addition your vehicle has dual stage frontal airbags which adjust the restraint according to crash severity Your vehicle has an electronic frontal sensor which helps the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and amore severe frontal impact For moderate frontal impacts these airbags inflate at a level less than full deployment For more severe frontal impacts full deployment occurs If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced 72 deployment is about 12 to 16 mph 19 to 26 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 18 to 24 mph 29 to 38 5 km h The threshold level
301. peat this procedure until the level remains constant at the COLD FILL line for at least five minutes 296 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid washer symbol on it Add washer fluid Engine Compartment for reservoir location Open the cap with the until the tank is full See Overview on page 278 Notice When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for adding water Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage the vehicle s windshield washer system and paint 297 Brakes Brake Fluid The brake master DOT 3 cylinder and on manual transmission vehicles the clutch hydraulic system use the same reservoir The reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid AR S
302. press and hold this button for two seconds to activate voice on the OnStar system See the OnStar System on page 129 in this manual for more information Radio Reception You may experience frequency interference and static during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other For better radio reception most AM radio stations boosts the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo gives the best sound but FM signals reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing
303. press the switch forward and hold it until the sunroof is closed The sunroof will stop if the switch is released Close the sunshade by hand The sunroof glass panel cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure Notice If you force the sunshade forward of the sliding glass panel damage will occur and the sunroof may not open or close properly Always close the glass panel before closing the sunshade Section 3 Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview 138 Electric Power Management 000 151 Hazard Warning Flashers eeeeeeees 140 Battery Run Down Protection 000 152 Other Warning Devices ceseeeees 140 Accessory Power Outlet S c eeeeee 152 Horn saa dene E E A teen teu dnete Gayteney deav teas saaceshe 140 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 153 Tilt Wheel ET e anian eea ae EENE 1 41 Climate Controls P EEE NETAS A ARS AE AEAT 154 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 0 141 Climate Control System s s 154 Turn and Lane Change Signals 142 Outlet Adjustment cceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 157 eee High Low Beam Changer be Passenger Compartment Air Filter 157 Windshield Wipers aa aa AA EEA u Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 159 Windshield Washer 0s oc 144 Instrument Panel Cluster eeeeeeeeeees 160 Cruise Control seccadesi 145 la and Odome
304. r Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 394 Q Because have a disability have to get A my vehicle modified How can find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel ceiling headliner ceiling and pillar garnish trim roof mounted airbag modules or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 394 81 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired See Care of Safety Belts on page 353 for more information Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away 82 Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular mai
305. r counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume The radio goes to the previous volume setting whenever the radio is turned on The volume can still be adjusted by using the volume knob Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between FM1 FM2 or AM The selection displays J Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for a few seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information Press this button to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time While the ignition is off press this button to display the time 191 Setting Preset Stations Up to 18 stations six FM1 six FM2 and six AM can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons by performing the following steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press BAND to select FM1 FM2 or AM 3 Tune in the desired station 4 Press and hold one of the six numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 5 Repeat Steps 2 through 4 for each pushbutton Settin
306. r engine is running at high speed 116 Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while the engine is running at high speed may damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speeds when shifting your vehicle DRIVE D This position is for normal driving with the automatic transaxle It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h push your accelerator all the way down Downshifting the transaxle in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 232 INTERMEDIATE I This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed without using your brakes for slight downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade If constant upshifting or downshifting occurs while driving up steep hills this position can be used to prevent repetitive types of shifts You might choose INTERMEDIATE l instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads and when towing a trailer so that there is less shifting between gears LOW L This position reduces vehicle speed more than INTERMEDIATE I without actually using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or m
307. r fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 268 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e If you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do
308. r vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 405 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system Improper service can mean that your airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service 75 Passenger Sensing System If your vehicle has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations then your vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger s position A passenger airbag status indicator on the instrument panel will be visible when you turn your ignition key to START or RUN PASSENGER AIRBAG l A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for ON and OFF will be visible on the instrument panel during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for ON or the symbol for OFF will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 164 76 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat and safety belt The
309. r vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem 163 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator If your vehicle has the passenger sensing system then your instrument panel has a passenger airbag status indicator See Passenger Sensing System on page 76 ma Lhe Ae mL a United States Canada When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag is enab
310. rake clutch system parts For example container only See Recommended Fluids just a few drops of mineral based oil such and Lubricants on page 385 as engine oil in the brake clutch hydraulic system can damage brake clutch system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s Z CAUTION painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake R re fluid on your vehicle If you do wash it VEA Ane wrang ne or Huld ie off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 354 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir brake clutch system the brakes clutch may not work well This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 299 Brake Wear Your vehicle has front disc brakes and could have rear drum brakes or rear disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound can come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced
311. re going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining 235 Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through the engine s air intake and badly damage the engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle CAUTION Continued 236 CAUTION Continued If this happens you and other vehicle occupants could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to driv
312. remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water 353 Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 385 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty dep
313. rgans like your liver or spleen A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 30 Q What is wrong with this Z CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer retailer to fix it A The belt is twisted across the body 31 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle 32 Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment Before you begin to drive move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is centered on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired Gotan position You can move the height adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without pressing the release butto
314. rk Plugs 12598004 41 103 Passenger s Compartment Air Filter 52493319 CF125 Windshield Wiper Blade Hook Type Drivers Side 22 inches 56 cm 15243233 FP O Passenger s Side 17 inches 43 cm 15243232 Pe 387 Engine Drive Belt Routing 2 2L L4 and 2 4L L4 Engines 388 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 372 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 380 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Maintenance Record cont d Odometer Maintenance I or z Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed Section 7 Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information 394 Reporting Safety Defects 00000 20 410 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 394 Reporting Safety Defects to the United Online Owner Center assesseer 397 States Government ccccceeeeeeeneeeeees 410 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Reporting Safety Defects to the
315. rolling and you can still steer e Whatever the braking system allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers 245 If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on the hazard flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to You can run the engine to keep warm but be keep warm careful 246 A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your
316. rom short circuits by a combination of fuses circuit breakers and fusible thermal links This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can There are two fuse blocks in your vehicle the floor console fuse block and the engine compartment fuse block There is one additional fuse located in the back of the vehicle near the battery 362 Floor Console Fuse Block The floor console fuse block is located on the passenger s side of the floor console behind the forward panel The panel has three clips Pull the panel to disconnect the three clips and access the fuses Use the fuse puller to remove fuses 25 JCA9 16 39 C28 C22 CCH CB a p ose g l I I l l 32 I ey 31 l l I I l b mm mm m k mm me me l C Fuses J Use O O e fae E E Ignition Switch PASS Key Ill 9 Stoplamp S O Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning PASS Key IIl Wheel Control 24 Sensing and Diagnostic Mod
317. rtable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device displays 211 XM Radio Messages XL Explicit Language XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Channels after the channel name customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action Is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds No XM Signal Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is ina location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and after four second delay text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no longer This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature not No artist information is available at this time on this channel available The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title not No song title information is available at thi
318. s button to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux displays 196 Radio with CD MP3 AM 640 9 389 mM 680 Y 750 Y 96 1Y985 X41 S EECT a Ca lt gt gt BAND SEEK SEEK REV Fwo ff CD AUX Radio with CD MP3 shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters appears on the display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada XM offers a large variety of coast to coast channels including music news sports talk traffic weather U S subscribers and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more i
319. s can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s body and paint shop 357 Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you 358 Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Description Usage Removes swirl marks fine Description Usage scratches and other light Tar and Road Oil Removes tar road
320. s known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you should use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 411 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 80 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 389 269 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle T
321. s leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may feel a slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise but this is normal Braking in Emergencies At some time nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking If you have ABS you can steer and brake at the same time However if you do not have ABS your first reaction to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it down may be the wrong thing to do Your wheels can stop rolling Once they do the vehicle cannot respond to your steering Momentum will carry it in whatever direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling That could be off the road into the very thing you were trying to avoid or into traffic If you do not have ABS use a squeeze braking technique This will give you maximum braking while maintaining steering control You can do this by pushing on the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure In an emergency you will probably want to squeeze the brakes hard without locking the wheels If you hear or feel the wheels sliding ease off the brake pedal This will help you retain steering control If you do have ABS it is different See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 223 In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking 225 Enhanced Traction System
322. s time on this available channel The system is working properly No CAT Info Category Name not No category information is available at this time on this available channel The system is working properly 212 Radio Display Message Action Required No Information No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Theft Locked Theftlock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message displays after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer hardware failure Check XM Receivr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer XM Not Available XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the
323. s transmitter it means that the content theft security system alarm was previously activated PASS Key IIl The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 105 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key IIl Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system This means you do not have to do anything special to arm or disarm the system It works when you insert or remove the key from the ignition 106 When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong
324. saxle PIUIC E nee 285 Operaatio u eres ccedeccaytted sh etieeetenaetederns ss 114 B BANOV oie ecevedeueeeauterndees 301 Electric Power Management a e 151 Run Down Protection seeeeeeeeeeees 152 Before Leaving on a Long Trip neeese 239 Brake EM IrQencles ccsseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 225 Parking ccnn nadie 120 BAK CS yas cocetunssnsseuhacuy voted eead aad 298 System Warning Light ceeeee 167 414 Braking sseitsctesctiavennc tec nteneiniienieens 222 Braking in Emergencies secere 225 Break In New Vehicle ccccecseeeeeeeeeees 108 Bulb Replacement cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 311 Back Up LAMPS sorria a 316 Center High Mounted Stoplamp CHMSL eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 313 Halogen Bulbs ss esivcsccteonedebvoonsveeesca tees 311 Headlamp Aiming aaeeea 308 Headlamps Front Turn Signal Sidemarker and Parking Lamps 312 License Plate Lamps accenn 316 Replacement Bulbs assises 317 Taillamps and Turn Signal Lamps 314 Taillamps Turn Signal Stoplamps and Back up Lamp c i ct newntn eet 315 Buying NeW Tires cceeeeesseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeees 328 C California Fue c cceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeneeeeeeeeeees 271 California Proposition 65 Warning 269 Canadian Owners eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 3 Capacities and Specifications 0 00 368 Carbon Monoxide 99 125 243 256 2
325. seceeeeeeeeeees 216 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna SYStOM weet viniead gteashadeoaestestueesideevadeecsevendes 216 Anti Lock Brake System oaeen 223 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 168 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 356 Care of Safety Belts oincsriiicaivsrinaniii 353 Chemical Paint Spotting eee 358 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 354 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 351 Fabric Canpet sarrien isiru aaia 352 Finish Care eroin a aA 354 Finish Damage tic esaxccss ceecdenscesnctens i 357 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 353 Sheet Metal Damage eseeeeeeeeeeees 357 TWOS E E E E E 357 Underbody Maintenance e 358 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 359 Washing Your Vehicle aeee 354 Weatherstrips orreri 354 Windshield and Wiper Blades 5 355 ASH AY scmocnnroic i dae 153 413 Audio SYSTEMI sc 2 eieeaid ected learns 187 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 214 Care of Your CD Player eee 216 Care of Your CDS eseese 216 Fixed Mast Antenna ssassn 216 Radio with CD ssimic 191 196 Setting the Time cceeeeeeeee ees 188 189 Theft Deterrent Feature a an 214 Understanding Radio Reception 215 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 216 Automatic Door LOCK 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 98 Automatic Tran
326. sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called Event Data Recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision If your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak steering performance including yaw rate steering wheel angle and lateral acceleration is also recorded This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information
327. special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or as required by law 405 In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle has OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection 406 Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repairs will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised
328. splays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer while reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 218 for more information on driver distraction To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When a device is connected press the radio CD AUX button to begin playing audio from the device over the vehicle s speakers cb Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You might need to make additional volume adjustments from the portable device 205 BAND Press this button to listen to the radio while a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues to play so you might want to stop it or turn it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD while a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and th
329. sy Rental Vehicle Your dealer retailer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for an overnight warranty repair Rental reimbursement will be limited and must be supported by original receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state provincial local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance 404 coverage credit card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information All program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer retailer Please contact your dealer retailer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer retailer personnel General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of
330. t let you stay in your own lane e As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident e You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in the trunk Also see Tires on page 318 243 Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle 244 What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be even more trouble because it may offer th
331. t of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle If you have a lot of options equipment passengers or cargo in your vehicle it will reduce the tongue weight your vehicle can carry which will also reduce the trailer weight your vehicle can tow And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity If you are using a weight carrying hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you have loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You will find these numbers on the Tire Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 Then be sure you do not go over the GVW limit for your vehicle including the weight of the trailer tongue 259 Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you will need the rig
332. t seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag if The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the instrument panel will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off TAL If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 62 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure th
333. t someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 21 The person keeps going until stopped by something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield 22 or the instrument panel or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if you are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions 23 Q If am a good driver and I never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident
334. t the system every time the oil is changed 282 When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicate that an oil change is necessary A CHANGE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC will come on See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 179 Change your oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained service people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change your oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change your engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime your oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change your oil prior to a CHANGE OIL SOON message being turned on reset the system After changing the engine oil the system must be reset as follows 1
335. t the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 52 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly Ina crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 57 A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Se
336. t to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely 335 Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your hazard warning flashers A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put an automatic transaxle shift lever in PARK P or shift a manual transaxle to FIRST 1 or REVERSE R CAUTION Continued 336 CAUTION Continued Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle
337. t too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver s seat It also makes things appear farther away than they really are OnStar System e OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be sent to your location If yu E your keys in the vehicle call OnStar 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a onl to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar as provided below A complete OnStar Owners Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days
338. tart in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting into PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Manual Transaxle The shift lever should be in the neutral position and the parking brake engaged Hold the clutch pedal to the floor and start the engine Your vehicle will not start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down That is a safety feature Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it 112 Operate the engine and transaxle gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped
339. ten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 162 and Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 162 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work 19 You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without belts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot 20 Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels Pu
340. ter s sssssseseessse aa eterea We Safety Belt Reminder Light c sc sse 162 Headlamps on Reminder o 149 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light 162 Daytime Running Lamps DRL S 149 Airbag Readiness Light eee 163 FOG LAMOS T 150 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 164 Instrument Panel Brigh P e pe tot Charging System Light cceeeeeeeeeees 166 QNINGSS c ccceesssteeeee sees 150 Up Shitt Light 166 at e ci Brake System Warning Light 167 Mirror Reading Lamps eeen 151 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 168 135 Section 3 Instrument Panel Enhanced Traction System Warning Light scssi dsa n 168 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light ssicsssuiesscssiinnisisinnsrineies 169 Malfunction Indicator Lamp 170 Oil Pressure Light ceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 173 Securty LIGNE hesan eenia 174 Fog Lamp Ligh ses cccisecocanntczosnertatosnsteteceecs 174 Highbeam On Light ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 175 Fuel Gage stint ie tiie eee 175 Driver Information Center DIC 176 DIC Operation and Displays 008 176 DIC Warnings and Messages 08 179 DIC Vehicle Personalization 0008 181 136 Audio System S ccceeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeees 187 Setting the Time Without Date Display 188 Setting the Time With Date Display 189 Radio with CD Base ce
341. ter The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge 396 For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you can call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or write to Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers retailers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www
342. ter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on page 368 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the upper mark that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged 280 See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Le PALA SAE 5W 30 AR Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL A ror lt AND GM 4GASOLINEE STANDARD 3QENGINES Sg GM6094M D DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for three things GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M Look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 e American Petroleum Institute API starburst Oils meeting these requirements should have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that
343. th of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 359 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain 354 Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 354 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 359 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are ma
344. th the engine coolant temperature warning light on could cause your vehicle to overheat See Engine Overheating on page 289 Your vehicle could be damaged and it might not be covered by your warranty Never drive with the engine coolant temperature warning light on This light will also come on briefly when starting your vehicle If it does not have your vehicle serviced 169 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle has a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction 170 Notice If you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile the emission controls might not work as well your vehicle s fuel economy might not be as good and the engine might not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by your warranty Notice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake o
345. that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 53 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the A top tether A C anchors the top of the child vehicle There are two lower anchors for each restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built LATCH seating position that will accommodate a into the vehicle The top tether attachment B child restraint with lower attachments B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash 54 Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will have a single attachment B to secure the top tether
346. the RKE transmitter are pressed can be enabled or disabled When LIGHT FLASH appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings OFF The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will not flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed ON default The exterior hazard turn signal lighting will flash when the lock unlock or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are pressed 184 See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information Choose one of the available settings and press the information button to select it and move on to the next feature DELAY LOCK This feature which delays the actual locking of the vehicle can be enabled or disabled When DELAY LOCK appears on the display press and hold the reset button for at least one second to scroll through the available settings ON default The doors will not lock until five seconds after the last door is closed You can temporarily override delayed locking by pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter a second time OFF The doors will lock immediately when pressing the power lock switch or the lock button on the RKE transmitter See Power Door Locks on page 97 Delayed Locking on page 97 and Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 90 for more information
347. the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Pull open the top tether anchor trim cover to expose the anchor Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following 2 3 instructions If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether over the seatback If the position you are using has a fixed head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the head restraint 59 If the position you are using has a fixed or adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 60 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow th
348. the fuel cap turn it slowly The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the passenger s side of the vehicle counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right law in some places Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping fuel Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 274 While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 354 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 170 The CHECK GAS CAP message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fue
349. the inside 98 The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them The label showing lock and unlock positions is located near the lock Security Lock Label shown To set the locks do the following 1 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the horizontal position 2 Close the door When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter if the vehicle has one the power door lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Insert the key into the security lock slot and turn it so the slot is in the vertical position Lockout Protection If your vehicle has power door locks it will have this feature If you press the power door lock switch when the key is in the ignition and any door is open all the doors will lock and the driver s door will unlock Be sure to remove the key from the ignition when locking your vehicle The lockout protection can be overridden by pressing and holding the power door lock in the lock position for three seconds Trunk To release the trunk lid from the outside use the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter if equipped
350. the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API Look for this information on the oil container and use only those oils that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty 281 GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must rese
351. the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle Horn To sound the horn press the center pad on the steering wheel Tilt Wheel Turn Signal Multifunction Lever A tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column The lever on the left side of the steering column includes the following e Turn and Lane Change Signals See Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 142 2D ED Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 142 e Flash to Pass See Flash to Pass on page 143 To tilt the wheel pull down the lever Then move e X Exterior Lamp Control See Headlamps on the wheel to a comfortable position pull up page 148 the lever to lock the wheel in place 141 Turn and Lane Change Signals The turn signal has two upward for right and two downward for left positions These positions allow you to signal a turn or a lane change To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down When the turn is finished the lever will return automatically An arrow on the instrument panel cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change To signal a lane change raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash Hold it t
352. the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway 230 Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle ona two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision So here are some tips for passing e Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time e Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while
353. times OnStar service that involves location information about your vehicle cannot work unless GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available in that place as well 132 Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility You may need to increase the volume of your radio to hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by your dealer retailer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has expired You can always press the OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Storage Areas Glove Box Open the glove box by lifting up on the lever Close the glove box with a firm push Cupholder s There are two cupholders located at the front of the center console in front of the shift lever There are also cupholders for the rear seat passengers located at the rear of the center console Center Console Storage Area Your vehicle may have a center console armrest wit
354. tion is turned off the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after 20 minutes This prevents draining of the battery 152 Accessory Power Outlet s Accessory power outlets can be used to connect electrical equipment such as a cellular phone or CB radio The accessory power outlet is located in the center console rearward of the shift lever To use the outlet remove the cover When not in use always cover the outlet with the protective cap Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always turn off electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Certain electrical accessories may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the accessory power outlet Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer retailer before adding electrical equipment When adding electrical equipment be sure to follow the installation instructions included with the equipment Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your
355. turning the jack handle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 345 A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 368 for wheel nut torque specification 346 Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 368 for the wheel nut torque specification 5 Wheel Nuts 4 Wheel Nuts 14 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare you could damage the cover or the spare Do not try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare tire It will not fit Store the wheel cover in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In
356. ty and Symbols cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 Vehicle Damage eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance 8 332 Different SIZE ooo ccccccceccceceeeese esse eeeeeeeaeees 330 REPIACOMOM ecean 332 Where to Put the Restraint cccccseeeeees 52 WWIMGQOWS oier en E R 101 Manual eneee naa AAEN 101 POW GM orea N 102 Windshield Washer cesssvtevesaascanerdscvevesassvamersaaaiaeeedae vanes 144 Washer Fluid cc cece ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaes 297 Wiper Blade Replacement 00 317 Wiper Blades Cleaning 0 cceeeeeeeee 355 Wiper FUSES cccectcceceeeceececeseseeeenawetenee 361 WIPGIS sreo ti arreen E N diated 143 426 Winter DIVING sreressicosiieircornaiiaiiaa 243 Wiper Activated Headlamps ceeeeee 149 XM Radio Messages seeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 212 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 216 Your Vehicle and the Environment 373
357. ty weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following Too much flexing e Too much heat Tire overloading Premature or irregular wear Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the following e Unusual wear Poor handling Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar This label shows your vehicle s original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 How you load your vehicle affects vehicle handling and ride comfort Never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed t
358. type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty 271 Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that will help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems 272 Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that
359. u or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving 187 While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audio system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer retailer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment can interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems can interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added 188 Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Po
360. ud If the shift lever is put in LOW L the transaxle will not shift into LOW L until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brakes or parking brake to hold the vehicle in place Manual Transaxle Operation This is your shift pattern Here is how to operate your manual transaxle FIRST 1 Press the clutch pedal and shift into FIRST 1 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal You can shift into FIRST 1 when you are going less than 20 mph 32 km h If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into FIRST 1 put the shift lever in NEUTRAL and let up on the clutch pedal Press the clutch pedal back down Then shift into FIRST 1 117 SECOND 2 Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND 2 Then slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 Shift into THIRD 3 FOURTH 4 and FIFTH 5 the same way you do for SECOND 2 Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal To stop let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal Just before the vehicle stops press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal and shift to NEUTRAL NEU
361. uld increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body 45 Ms Y gS To f LONE A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 27 Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 28 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 29 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm Ina crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal o
362. ule Airbag 25 Engine Control Module Transaxle Control Module Interior Lights Steering Wheel Control Illumination 363 30 Climate Control System Empty 30 31 2 Retained Accessory Power RAP 364 Engine Compartment Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block is located on the driver s side of the vehicle Lift off the cover to check the fuses See Engine Compartment Overview on page 278 for more information on location SNVHLINOS MNYO NNY C3 8 ECH FNI LAENE INY CJ C 1009 nomo 0000 Aea m E a e ANHO HX3 Wvad 07 E Wvag 07 Co ZNY4 1009 NELEMd ayog sine C 1000 Rear Defogger COOL FAN2 Engine Cooling Fan High Speed N 72 gt L REAR DEFOG Sauvds Not Used SPARES Spares Not Used 365 Fuses COOL FAN 1 BCM3 BCM2 FOG LAMP HORN RT HI BEAM LT HI BEAM RT LO BEAM LT LO BEAM DRL FUEL PUMP EXH Blank Blank AB PCM ECM EPS AIR PUMP 366 sage Powertrain Control Module Engine Control Module Electric Power Steering AIR Pump Usage O AIR Solenoid L61 LE5 Aftercooler L4 Anti lock Brake System 2 Park Neutral Engine Control Module Transaxle PRK LAMP WPR P IGN A C CLTCH AIR SOL AFTERCOOL ABS2 PRK NEUT ECM TRANS BCK UP Back Up Lamps TRUNK OUTLET Trunk Accessory Power Outlet Blank Blank S BAND Not Used Not Used ONSTAR Audio OnStar ABS3 LTR MIR HTD SEATS CNS
363. ument panel cluster or which shows the FX airbag symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 163 for more information Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 69 The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side 70 If your vehicle has a roof mounted side impact airbag for the driver and the person seated directly behind the driver it is located in the ceiling above the side windows If your vehicle has a roof mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger and the person directly behind that passenger it is located in the ceiling above the side windows A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the bag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering And if your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags never secure anything to the roof of your vehicle by routing the rope or tie down through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating side impact airbag will be blocked The
364. umidity and cool outside temperatures may result in increased window fogging If window fogging is experienced select the defrost mode Outside Air This mode allows outside air to circulate through the vehicle This mode is automatically active if recirculate is not selected There is no button for outside air 3 Air Conditioning If your vehicle has air conditioning press this button to turn the air conditioning system on or off When this button is pressed an indicator light above the button will come on to let you know the air conditioning is activated On hot days open the windows to let hot inside air escape then close them This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down It also helps the system to operate more efficiently For quick cool down on hot days 1 Select the vent mode 2 Select the recirculation mode 3 Select air conditioning 4 Select the coolest temperature 5 Select the highest fan speed Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside of the vehicle to become too dry To prevent this from happening after the air in the vehicle has cooled turn off the recirculation by pressing the button again The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you may sometimes notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal The air conditioning compressor cannot
365. usly chosen speed and stay there Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher speed 1 Disengage the cruise control by applying the brake pedal but do not turn it off Accelerate to a higher speed and reset the cruise control 2 If the cruise control system is already engaged press the RES part of the button Hold it there until you get up to the speed desired and then release the button To increase the vehicle speed in very small amounts press the RES part of the button briefly and then release it Each time you do this the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h faster Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control system is already engaged e Push and hold the SET part of the button until you reach the lower speed you want then release it e To slow down in very small amounts push the SET part of the button briefly Each time you do this the vehicle will go about 1 mph 1 6 km h slower Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle will slow down to the cruise control speed you set earlier Using Cruise Control on Hills How well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you may have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed
366. vent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn on the hazard warning flashers when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors again turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for you
367. ving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you will want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check all trailer hitch parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You will need more passing distance up ahead when you are towing a trailer And because the vehicle is a good deal longer you will need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that
368. wearing the same belt The belt cannot properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 42 Q A What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 37 If the child is sitting in the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash 43 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and al
369. wer RAP on page 111 for more information Setting the Time Without Date Display If your vehicle has an AM FM base radio with a single CD player and preset buttons numbered one through six the radio has a clock button for setting the time You can set the time by following these steps 1 Turn the ignition key to ACC accessory or RUN Press the power knob located in the center of the radio to turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button until the hour numbers begin flashing on the display Press the clock button a second time and the minute numbers begin flashing on the display 3 While either the hour or the minute numbers are flashing turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the time 4 Press the clock button again until the clock display stops flashing to set the currently displayed time otherwise the flashing stops after five seconds and the current time displayed will be automatically set To change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour press the clock button and then the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label Once the time 12H and 24H are displayed press the pushbutton located under the desired option to select the default Press the clock button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out Setting the Time With Date Display If your vehicle has a radio with a single CD player the
370. y be equipped with an engine coolant heater In very cold weather 0 F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required Your vehicle may also have an internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord This will prevent operation of the engine coolant heater when the temperature is at or above 0 F 18 C as noted on the cord To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord For the 2 2L and 2 4L engines the electrical cord is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle between the strut and the air cleaner filter 113 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged
371. y trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 323 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 325 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 249 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in

Pontiac G5 Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents